1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1296 2002/04/05 19:17:34 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 10 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 11 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 12 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 13 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 14 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 15 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 16 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 17 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 18 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 19 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 20 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 21 University. 22 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 23 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 24 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 25 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 26 of INTERMETA. 27 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 28 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 29 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 30 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 31 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 32 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 33 ActiveState. 34 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 35 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 36 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 37 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 38 Northern Illinois University. 39 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 40 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 41 of Dinoex. 42 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 43 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 44 Polytechnic Institute. 45 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 46 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 47 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 48 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 49 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 50 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 51 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 52 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 53 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 54 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 55 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 56 missing arguments. 57 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 58 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 59 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 60 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 61 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 62 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 63 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 64 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 65 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 66 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 67 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 68 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 69 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 70 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 71 of Concordia University. 72 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 73 found by Mario Nigrovic. 74 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 75 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 76 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 77 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 78 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 79 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 80 Elvers. 81 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 82 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 83 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 84 total number of TCP connections. 85 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 86 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 87 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 88 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 89 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 90 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 91 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 92 Texas. 93 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 94 to 451. 95 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 96 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 97 patch by Bryan Costales. 98 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 99 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 100 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 101 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 102 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 103 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 104 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 105 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 106 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 107 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 108 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 109 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 110 command). 111 Portability: 112 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 113 availble. 114 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 115 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 116 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 117 Skyrr. 118 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 119 noted by John Beck. 120 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 121 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 122 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 123 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 124 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 125 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 126 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 127 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 128 error. 129 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 130 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 131 Krzysztof Oledzki. 132 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 133 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 134 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 135 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 136 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 137 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 138 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 139 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 140 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 141 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 142 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 143 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 144 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 145 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 146 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 147 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 148 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 149 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 150 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 151 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 152 noted by John Beck. 153 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 154 if queue groups are used. 155 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 156 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 157 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 158 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 159 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 160 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 161 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 162 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter have both 163 this change, mixing versions may lead to wrong port 164 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 165 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 166 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 167 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 168 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 169 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 170 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 171 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 172 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 173 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 174 ldap_memfree(). 175 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 176 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 177 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 178 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 179 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 180 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 181 San Francisco. 182 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 183 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 184 Joe Barbish. 185 New Files: 186 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 187 1888.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 189 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 190 at startup, only log an error message. 191 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 192 following -b) has been specified. 193 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 194 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 195 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 196 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 197 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 198 Regensburg. 199 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 200 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 201 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 202 Institute of Mining and Technology. 203 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 204 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 205 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 206 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 207 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 208 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 209 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 210 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 211 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 212 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 213 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 214 SMTP connections. 215 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 216 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 217 and Technology. 218 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 219 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 220 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 221 Meteorological Institute. 222 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 223 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 224 Online. 225 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 226 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 227 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 228 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 229 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 230 types, respectively. 231 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 232 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 233 of Virginia Tech. 234 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 235 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 236 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 237 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 238 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 239 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 240 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 241 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 242 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 243 of Vienna. 244 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 245 of Sun Microsystems. 246 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 247 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 248 with servers that do not support realms when using 249 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 250 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 251 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 252 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 253 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 254 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 255 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 256 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 257 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 258 instead of forcing localhost. 259 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 260 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 261 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 262 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 263 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 264 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 265 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 266 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 267 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 268 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 269 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 270 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 271 Compaq Computer Corp. 272 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 273 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 274 Tech. 275 Portability: 276 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 277 patch provided by HP. 278 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 279 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 280 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 281 Sachin of Siemens. 282 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 283 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 284 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 285 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 286 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 287 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 288 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 289 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 290 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 291 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 292 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 293 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 294 Hewlett-Packard. 295 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 296 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 297 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 298 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 299 Virginia Tech. 300 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 301 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 302 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 303 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 304 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 305 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 306 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 307 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 308 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 309 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 310 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 311 Florida. 312 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 313 Altin Waldmann. 314 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 315 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 316 Hewlett-Packard. 317 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 318 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 319 of MSFU. 320 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 321 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 322 Institute. 323 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 324 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 325 to free memory twice. 326 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 327 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 328 of Sun Microsystems. 329 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 330 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 331 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 332 University of Athens. 333 New Files: 334 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 335 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 336 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 337 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 338 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 339 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 340 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 341 libsm/mpeix.c 342 3438.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 344 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 345 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 346 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 347 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 348 found by Michal Zalewski. 349 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 350 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 351 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 352 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 353 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 354 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 355 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 356 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 357 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 358 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 359 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 360 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 361 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 362 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 363 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 364 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 365 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 366 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 367 canonical name for a host. 368 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 369 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 370 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 371 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 372 Portability: 373 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 374 `uname` does not given complete information. 375 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 376 Aircraft Company. 377 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 378 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 379 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 380 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 381 Courtesan Consulting. 382 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 383 problems with potential misconfigurations. 384 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 385 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 386 Technology Organisation of Australia. 387 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 388 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 389 then use it. 390 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 391 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 392 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 393 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 394 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 395 and vacation. 396 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 397 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 398 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 399 New Files: 400 test/Build 401 test/Makefile 402 test/Makefile.m4 403 test/README 404 test/t_dropgid.c 405 test/t_setgid.c 406 Deleted Files: 407 include/sm/stdio.h 408 include/sm/sysstat.h 409 4108.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 411 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 412 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 413 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 414 default). The installation process tries to install 415 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 416 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 417 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 418 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 419 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 420 flags: 421 GroupWritableForwardFile 422 WorldWritableForwardFile 423 GroupWritableIncludeFile 424 WorldWritableIncludeFile 425 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 426 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 427 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 428 (IdS). 429 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 430 point where the variable could become overused for more than 431 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 432 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 433 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 434 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 435 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 436 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 437 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 438 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 439 see sendmail/SECURITY. 440 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 441 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 442 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 443 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 444 sendmail/SECURITY. 445 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 446 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 447 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 448 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 449 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 450 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 451 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 452 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 453 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 454 command has been removed. 455 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 456 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 457 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 458 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 459 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 460 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 461 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 462 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 463 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 464 supported. 465 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 466 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 467 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 468 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 469 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 470 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 471 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 472 creation rather than just before delivery. 473 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 474 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 475 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 476 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 477 preference matches (coattail). 478 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 479 try other MX hosts if available. 480 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 481 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 482 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 483 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 484 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 485 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 486 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 487 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 488 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 489 removed in future versions. 490 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 491 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 492 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 493 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 494 doc/op/op.me for details. 495 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 496 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 497 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 498 of the presented certificate, respectively. 499 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 500 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 501 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 502 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 503 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 504 enough on a per recipient basis. 505 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 506 for STARTTLS. 507 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 508 value "NOT". 509 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 510 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 511 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 512 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 513 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 514 really required. This change results in a noticable 515 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 516 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 517 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 518 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 519 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 520 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 521 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 522 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 523 command line, then the value also limits the number of 524 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 525 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 526 by a queue run. 527 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 528 system each queue directory resides in. 529 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 530 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 531 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 532 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 533 collected together) to process the same work list at the 534 same time. 535 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 536 active queue runner processes. 537 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 538 runners per queue group. 539 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 540 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 541 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 542 of the queue that match during processing. 543 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 544 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 545 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 546 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 547 persistent queue runner. 548 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 549 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 550 sendmail -q15m). 551 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 552 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 553 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 554 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 555 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 556 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 557 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 558 of the qf file (older entries first). 559 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 560 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 561 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 562 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 563 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 564 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 565 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 566 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 567 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 568 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 569 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 570 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 571 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 572 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 573 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 574 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 575 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 576 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 577 details. 578 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 579 the number of entries in the queue(s). 580 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 581 and the usual documentation for details. 582 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 583 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 584 announced in 8.10. 585 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 586 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 587 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 588 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 589 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 590 -r (number of retries). 591 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 592 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 593 and value separated by the given separator. 594 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 595 to map class arith. 596 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 597 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 598 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 599 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 600 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 601 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 602 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 603 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 604 filenames with spaces). 605 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 606 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 607 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 608 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 609 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 610 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 611 to the loopback net. 612 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 613 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 614 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 615 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 616 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 617 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 618 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 619 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 620 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 621 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 622 Development Group. 623 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 624 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 625 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 626 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 627 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 628 load average is exceeded. 629 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 630 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 631 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 632 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 633 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 634 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 635 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 636 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 637 instead. 638 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 639 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 640 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 641 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 642 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 643 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 644 for direct (command line) submissions. 645 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 646 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 647 Hagino of the KAME Project. 648 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 649 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 650 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 651 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 652 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 653 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 654 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 655 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 656 before logging. 657 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 658 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 659 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 660 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 661 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 662 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 663 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 664 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 665 of the Universitat Regensburg. 666 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 667 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 668 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 669 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 670 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 671 See libsm/index.html for details. 672 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 673 care of by fork() and exit(). 674 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 675 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 676 new and old (from new libsm). 677 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 678 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 679 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 680 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 681 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 682 synchronizations calls. 683 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 684 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 685 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 686 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 687 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 688 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 689 for details. 690 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 691 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 692 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 693 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 694 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 695 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 696 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 697 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 698 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 699 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 700 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 701 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 702 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 703 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 704 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 705 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 706 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 707 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 708 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 709 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 710 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 711 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 712 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 713 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 714 Urbana-Champaign. 715 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 716 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 717 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 718 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 719 connections. 720 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 721 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 722 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 723 cf/README. 724 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 725 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 726 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 727 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 728 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 729 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 730 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 731 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 732 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 733 example). 734 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 735 the default schema used in the above two items. 736 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 737 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 738 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 739 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 740 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 741 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 742 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 743 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 744 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 745 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 746 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 747 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 748 HELO/EHLO commands. 749 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 750 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 751 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 752 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 753 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 754 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 755 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 756 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 757 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 758 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 759 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 760 (verbose) command line option. 761 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 762 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 763 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 764 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 765 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 766 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 767 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 768 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 769 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 770 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 771 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 772 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 773 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 774 British Columbia. 775 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 776 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 777 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 778 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 779 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 780 if required. 781 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 782 class instead. 783 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 784 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 785 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 786 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 787 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 788 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 789 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 790 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 791 Nelson of IBM. 792 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 793 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 794 configurable during compile time. The current values and 795 their defaults are: 796 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 797 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 798 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 799 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 800 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 801 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 802 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 803 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 804 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 805 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 806 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 807 Meteorological Institute. 808 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 809 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 810 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 811 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 812 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 813 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 814 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 815 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 816 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 817 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 818 See sendmail/README for further information. 819 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 820 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 821 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 822 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 823 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 824 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 825 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 826 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 827 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 828 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 829 flora.ca. 830 Portability: 831 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 832 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 833 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 834 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 835 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 836 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 837 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 838 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 839 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 840 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 841 Solaris 8 and later. 842 Add support for OpenUNIX. 843 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 844 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 845 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 846 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 847 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 848 temporary lookup failures. 849 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 850 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 851 or IP nets. 852 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 853 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 854 to get through. 855 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 856 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 857 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 858 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 859 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 860 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 861 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 862 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 863 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 864 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 865 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 866 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 867 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 868 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 869 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 870 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 871 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 872 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 873 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 874 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 875 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 876 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 877 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 878 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 879 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 880 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 881 cf/README for details. 882 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 883 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 884 University of Maryland. 885 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 886 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 887 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 888 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 889 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 890 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 891 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 892 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 893 Solving. 894 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 895 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 896 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 897 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 898 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 899 immediately. 900 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 901 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 902 See cf/README for details. 903 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 904 temporary lookup failures. 905 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 906 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 907 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 908 memory use. 909 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 910 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 911 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 912 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 913 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 914 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 915 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 916 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 917 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 918 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 919 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 920 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 921 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 922 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 923 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 924 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 925 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 926 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 927 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 928 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 929 additional details. 930 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 931 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 932 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 933 information. 934 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 935 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 936 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 937 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 938 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 939 recipients as user unknown. 940 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 941 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 942 section of cf/README for more information. 943 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 944 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 945 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 946 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 947 which takes the options as argument and can be used 948 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 949 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 950 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 951 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 952 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 953 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 954 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 955 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 956 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 957 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 958 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 959 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 960 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 961 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 962 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 963 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 964 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 965 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 966 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 967 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 968 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 969 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 970 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 971 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 972 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 973 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 974 doc/op/op.me for details. 975 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 976 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 977 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 978 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 979 dequote map. 980 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 981 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 982 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 983 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 984 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 985 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 986 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 987 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 988 This affects the access database as well as the 989 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 990 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 991 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 992 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 993 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 994 Mississippi State University. 995 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 996 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 997 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 998 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 999 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1000 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 1001 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 1002 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 1003 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 1004 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 1005 systems which don't include cat directories. 1006 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 1007 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1008 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 1009 mailbox database type. 1010 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 1011 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 1012 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 1013 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 1014 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 1015 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 1016 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 1017 instead of white space. 1018 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1019 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1020 Meteorological Institute. 1021 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 1022 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 1023 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1024 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 1025 instead of syslog. 1026 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 1027 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 1028 to specify the database and message file since there is no 1029 home directory for the default settings for these options. 1030 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1031 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 1032 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 1033 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 1034 New Directories: 1035 libmilter/docs 1036 New Files: 1037 cf/cf/README 1038 cf/cf/submit.cf 1039 cf/cf/submit.mc 1040 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 1041 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 1042 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 1043 cf/feature/msp.m4 1044 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 1045 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 1046 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 1047 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 1048 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 1049 cf/sendmail.schema 1050 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 1051 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 1052 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 1053 editmap/* 1054 include/sm/* 1055 libsm/* 1056 libsmutil/cf.c 1057 libsmutil/err.c 1058 sendmail/SECURITY 1059 sendmail/TUNING 1060 sendmail/bf.c 1061 sendmail/bf.h 1062 sendmail/sasl.c 1063 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 1064 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 1065 sendmail/tls.c 1066 Deleted Files: 1067 cf/feature/rbl.m4 1068 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 1069 devtools/OS/AIX.2 1070 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 1071 include/sendmail/errstring.h 1072 include/sendmail/useful.h 1073 libsmutil/errstring.c 1074 sendmail/bf_portable.c 1075 sendmail/bf_portable.h 1076 sendmail/bf_torek.c 1077 sendmail/bf_torek.h 1078 sendmail/clock.c 1079 Renamed Files: 1080 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 1081 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 1082 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 1083 10848.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 1085 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 1086 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 1087 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 1088 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 1089 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 1090 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 1091 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 1092 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 1093 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 1094 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 1095 Werner Wiethege. 1096 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 1097 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 1098 10998.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 1100 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 1101 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 1102 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 1103 of SE Netway Communications. 1104 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 1105 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1106 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 1107 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 1108 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 1109 Bosserman of EarthLink. 1110 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 1111 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 1112 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 1113 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 1114 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 1115 University College. 1116 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 1117 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 1118 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 1119 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 1120 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 1121 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 1122 University at Albany. 1123 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 1124 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1125 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 1126 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 1127 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 1128 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 1129 Portability: 1130 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 1131 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1132 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 1133 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1134 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 1135 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 1136 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 1137 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 1138 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 1139 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 1140 11418.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 1142 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 1143 corruption and other potential race conditions. 1144 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 1145 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 1146 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 1147 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 1148 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 1149 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 1150 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 1151 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 1152 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 1153 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 1154 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 1155 from Kenji Miyake. 1156 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 1157 QueueDirectory wildcards. 1158 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 1159 the same map again while exiting. 1160 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 1161 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 1162 of Tuebingen. 1163 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 1164 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 1165 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 1166 Oklahoma State University. 1167 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 1168 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 1169 InTouch Systems, Inc. 1170 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 1171 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 1172 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 1173 Morgan Stanley. 1174 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 1175 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 1176 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1177 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 1178 from Werner Wiethege. 1179 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 1180 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 1181 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 1182 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 1183 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 1184 Internet Services. 1185 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 1186 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1187 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 1188 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1189 Portability: 1190 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 1191 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 1192 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 1193 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 1194 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 1195 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1196 Meteorological Institute. 1197 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 1198 since it generates random process ids. 1199 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 1200 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 1201 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1202 New Files: 1203 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 1204 12058.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 1206 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 1207 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 1208 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1209 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1210 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 1211 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 1212 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 1213 communications consulting gmbh. 1214 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1215 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1216 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 1217 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 1218 connection came in from the command line. 1219 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 1220 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 1221 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1222 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 1223 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 1224 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 1225 when they were committed. 1226 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 1227 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 1228 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 1229 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 1230 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 1231 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 1232 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 1233 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1234 University. 1235 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 1236 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 1237 accept() completes. 1238 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 1239 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 1240 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 1241 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 1242 Wellcome. 1243 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 1244 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 1245 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1246 University. 1247 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 1248 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 1249 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 1250 University of New Brunswick. 1251 Portability: 1252 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 1253 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 1254 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 1255 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1256 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1257 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 1258 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 1259 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1260 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 1261 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 1262 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 1263 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 1264 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 1265 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 1266 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1267 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 1268 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 1269 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 1270 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 1271 Institute. 1272 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 1273 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 1274 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1275 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 1276 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 1277 Renamed Files: 1278 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 1279 12808.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 1281 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 1282 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 1283 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 1284 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 1285 Schools" project (IdS). 1286 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 1287 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 1288 be enabled by compiling with: 1289 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 1290 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 1291 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1292 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 1293 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 1294 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 1295 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 1296 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 1297 Colby College. 1298 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 1299 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 1300 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 1301 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 1302 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 1303 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 1304 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 1305 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 1306 NxNetworks, Inc. 1307 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 1308 client name. 1309 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 1310 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 1311 the Universitat Regensburg. 1312 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 1313 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 1314 University of Arizona. 1315 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 1316 of Collective Technologies. 1317 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 1318 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 1319 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 1320 Engineering. 1321 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 1322 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1323 Meteorological Institute. 1324 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1325 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1326 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1327 Meteorological Institute. 1328 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 1329 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 1330 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 1331 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1332 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 1333 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 1334 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 1335 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 1336 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 1337 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1338 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 1339 overall connections, not the number of connections per 1340 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 1341 counting. 1342 Portability: 1343 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 1344 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 1345 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 1346 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 1347 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 1348 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 1349 Rosenman. 1350 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1351 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1352 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 1353 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 1354 of Pacific Access. 1355 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 1356 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1357 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 1358 Microsystems. 1359 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 1360 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 1361 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1362 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 1363 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 1364 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 1365 implicitly assume canonical host names. 1366 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 1367 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1368 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 1369 Virginia Tech. 1370 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 1371 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 1372 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1373 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 1374 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 1375 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 1376 gmbh. 1377 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 1378 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1379 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 1380 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 1381 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 1382 of Kyoto University. 1383 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 1384 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 1385 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 1386 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 1387 version. 1388 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 1389 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1390 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1391 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 1392 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 1393 or *-owner. 1394 New Files: 1395 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 1396 contrib/buildvirtuser 1397 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 1398 13998.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 1400 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 1401 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1402 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 1403 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 1404 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 1405 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 1406 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1407 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 1408 wildcards. 1409 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 1410 process may close the connection before the child process 1411 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 1412 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 1413 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 1414 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 1415 read the LDAP secret from a file. 1416 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 1417 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 1418 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 1419 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1420 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 1421 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 1422 of EarthLink. 1423 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 1424 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 1425 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 1426 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1427 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 1428 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1429 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 1430 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 1431 Fournier of Acadia University. 1432 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 1433 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 1434 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 1435 one of the others may be able to take over. 1436 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 1437 previous load average query result. 1438 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 1439 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 1440 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 1441 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1442 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 1443 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 1444 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 1445 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 1446 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1447 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 1448 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 1449 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 1450 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 1451 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 1452 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 1453 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 1454 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 1455 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 1456 University of British Columbia. 1457 Portability: 1458 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 1459 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 1460 override the setting. Suggested by 1461 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 1462 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 1463 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 1464 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 1465 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 1466 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1467 College. 1468 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 1469 Tom Moore of NCR. 1470 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 1471 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 1472 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 1473 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 1474 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1475 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 1476 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 1477 Consulting. 1478 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 1479 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 1480 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 1481 errors in the MAIL address. 1482 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 1483 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 1484 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 1485 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1486 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 1487 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 1488 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 1489 Ericsson. 1490 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 1491 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 1492 mailer as described in cf/README. 1493 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 1494 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 1495 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 1496 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 1497 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 1498 sendmail. 1499 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1500 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1501 Meteorological Institute. 1502 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 1503 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 1504 dot as the only character on the line. 1505 New Files: 1506 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 1507 15088.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 1509 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 1510 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 1511 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 1512 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 1513 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 1514 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 1515 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1516 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 1517 it populates. It is possible that some broken 1518 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 1519 Systems in this category should compile with 1520 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 1521 system and report broken implementations to 1522 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 1523 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 1524 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 1525 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 1526 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 1527 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 1528 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 1529 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 1530 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 1531 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 1532 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 1533 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 1534 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 1535 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 1536 random data. 1537 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 1538 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 1539 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 1540 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 1541 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 1542 Martin of CMU. 1543 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 1544 strength factor. 1545 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 1546 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 1547 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 1548 of CMU. 1549 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 1550 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 1551 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 1552 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 1553 documented, unless a family is specified in a 1554 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 1555 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 1556 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 1557 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 1558 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 1559 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1560 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 1561 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 1562 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 1563 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 1564 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 1565 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1566 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 1567 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 1568 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 1569 of Sun Microsystems. 1570 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 1571 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 1572 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 1573 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 1574 the incoming information in the queue file for later 1575 delivery attempts. 1576 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 1577 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 1578 smoe.org. 1579 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 1580 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 1581 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1582 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 1583 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 1584 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 1585 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 1586 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 1587 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1588 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 1589 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 1590 Hedeland of Ericsson. 1591 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 1592 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 1593 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 1594 of Northern Illinois University. 1595 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 1596 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1597 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 1598 to kilobyte units. 1599 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 1600 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 1601 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 1602 Polytechnic. 1603 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 1604 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 1605 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 1606 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1607 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 1608 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 1609 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1610 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 1611 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1612 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 1613 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 1614 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 1615 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 1616 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 1617 G. Thomas Consulting. 1618 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 1619 port number (113). 1620 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 1621 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1622 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 1623 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 1624 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1625 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 1626 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 1627 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 1628 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 1629 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 1630 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 1631 University of Mainz. 1632 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 1633 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 1634 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 1635 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1636 Portability: 1637 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 1638 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 1639 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 1640 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 1641 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 1642 work properly causing problems if the accept() 1643 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 1644 from Tom Moore of NCR. 1645 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 1646 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 1647 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 1648 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 1649 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 1650 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 1651 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 1652 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 1653 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1654 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 1655 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 1656 confCACERT CACERTFile 1657 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 1658 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 1659 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 1660 confRAND_FILE RandFile 1661 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 1662 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 1663 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 1664 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 1665 cf/README for more information. 1666 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 1667 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 1668 called due to a STARTTLS command. 1669 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 1670 instead of temporary. 1671 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 1672 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 1673 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 1674 Consulting. 1675 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 1676 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 1677 RootsWeb.com. 1678 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 1679 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 1680 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 1681 University of Maryland. 1682 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 1683 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 1684 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 1685 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 1686 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 1687 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 1688 of the University of Alberta. 1689 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 1690 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 1691 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 1692 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 1693 of X.509 certificates. 1694 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 1695 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 1696 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 1697 Universitat Regensburg. 1698 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 1699 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1700 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 1701 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1702 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 1703 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1704 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 1705 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 1706 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1707 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 1708 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 1709 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 1710 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 1711 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 1712 University. 1713 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 1714 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 1715 links. 1716 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 1717 reported. 1718 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 1719 Denman Tire Corporation. 1720 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 1721 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 1722 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 1723 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 1724 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 1725 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 1726 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 1727 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 1728 have a From line. 1729 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 1730 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 1731 Added Files: 1732 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 1733 contrib/cidrexpand 1734 contrib/link_hash.sh 1735 contrib/movemail.conf 1736 contrib/movemail.pl 1737 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 1738 test/t_snprintf.c 1739 17408.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 1741 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 1742 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 1743 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 1744 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 1745 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 1746 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 1747 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 1748 Added Files: 1749 test/t_setuid.c 1750 17518.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 1752 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 1753 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 1754 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 1755 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 1756 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 1757 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 1758 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 1759 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 1760 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 1761 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 1762 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 1763 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1764 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 1765 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 1766 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1767 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 1768 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 1769 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 1770 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 1771 or higher. 1772 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 1773 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 1774 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 1775 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 1776 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1777 Polytechnic Institute. 1778 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 1779 discards the message. 1780 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 1781 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 1782 attempted to the alias. 1783 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 1784 flag options. 1785 Portability: 1786 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 1787 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 1788 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 1789 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 1790 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1791 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 1792 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 1793 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 1794 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 1795 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 1796 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 1797 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 1798 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 1799 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 1800 Services, LLC. 1801 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 1802 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 1803 Courtesan Consulting. 1804 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 1805 Siemens Business Services. 1806 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 1807 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 1808 of WSRCC. 1809 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 1810 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 1811 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 1812 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 1813 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 1814 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 1815 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 1816 of NEC. 1817 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 1818 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 1819 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 1820 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 1821 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 1822 Virginia Tech. 1823 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 1824 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 1825 University. 1826 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 1827 for other internal projects but included in the open source 1828 release. 1829 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 1830 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 1831 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 1832 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 1833 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 1834 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 1835 Sendmail. 1836 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 1837 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 1838 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1839 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 1840 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 1841 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 1842 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 1843 Northern Illinois University. 1844 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 1845 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 1846 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 1847 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1848 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 1849 Polytechnique de Montreal. 1850 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 1851 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 1852 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 1853 Added Files: 1854 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 1855 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 1856 Deleted Files: 1857 contrib/converting.sun.configs 1858 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 1859 doc/intro 1860 doc/usenix 1861 doc/changes 1862 18638.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 1864 ************************************************************* 1865 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 1866 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 1867 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 1868 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 1869 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 1870 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 1871 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 1872 * coach, and a friend. * 1873 * * 1874 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 1875 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 1876 * Julie, we miss you! * 1877 ************************************************************* 1878 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 1879 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 1880 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 1881 symbolic link target. 1882 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 1883 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 1884 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1885 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 1886 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 1887 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 1888 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 1889 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 1890 version of sendmail. 1891 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 1892 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 1893 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 1894 (IdS). 1895 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 1896 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 1897 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 1898 for easier code sharing among the programs. 1899 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 1900 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 1901 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 1902 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 1903 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 1904 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 1905 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 1906 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 1907 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 1908 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 1909 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 1910 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 1911 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 1912 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 1913 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 1914 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 1915 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 1916 now listen on several different ports. Use: 1917 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 1918 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 1919 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 1920 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 1921 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 1922 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 1923 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 1924 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 1925 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 1926 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 1927 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 1928 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 1929 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 1930 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 1931 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 1932 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 1933 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 1934 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 1935 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 1936 accordingly. 1937 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 1938 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 1939 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 1940 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 1941 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 1942 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 1943 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 1944 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 1945 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 1946 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 1947 InCert Software. 1948 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 1949 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 1950 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 1951 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 1952 a control socket request. 1953 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 1954 settings: 1955 Timeout.resolver.retrans 1956 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 1957 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 1958 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 1959 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 1960 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 1961 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 1962 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 1963 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 1964 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 1965 delivery attempt. 1966 Timeout.resolver.retry 1967 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 1968 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 1969 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 1970 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 1971 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 1972 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 1973 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 1974 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 1975 query for all resolver lookups except the first 1976 delivery attempt. 1977 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 1978 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 1979 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 1980 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 1981 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 1982 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 1983 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 1984 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 1985 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 1986 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 1987 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 1988 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 1989 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 1990 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 1991 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 1992 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 1993 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 1994 Telecommunications Ltd. 1995 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 1996 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 1997 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 1998 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 1999 Inc. 2000 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 2001 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 2002 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2003 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 2004 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2005 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 2006 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 2007 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2008 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 2009 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 2010 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 2011 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 2012 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 2013 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 2014 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 2015 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 2016 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2017 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 2018 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 2019 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 2020 Ltd. 2021 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 2022 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 2023 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 2024 example mailer might be: 2025 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 2026 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 2027 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 2028 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 2029 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 2030 instead. 2031 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 2032 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 2033 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 2034 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 2035 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 2036 flags. 2037 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 2038 body of the original message on delivery status 2039 notifications. 2040 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 2041 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2042 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 2043 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 2044 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2045 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 2046 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 2047 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2048 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 2049 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 2050 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 2051 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 2052 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 2053 Conwell of Boston University. 2054 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 2055 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2056 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 2057 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 2058 @Home Network. 2059 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 2060 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 2061 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 2062 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 2063 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 2064 similar to check_rcpt etc. 2065 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 2066 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 2067 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 2068 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 2069 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2070 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 2071 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 2072 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2073 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 2074 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 2075 Mathias Herberts. 2076 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 2077 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 2078 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 2079 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 2080 in check_compat). 2081 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 2082 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 2083 option. 2084 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 2085 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 2086 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2087 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 2088 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 2089 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 2090 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 2091 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2092 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 2093 is set. 2094 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 2095 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 2096 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 2097 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 2098 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 2099 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 2100 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 2101 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 2102 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 2103 a denial-of-service attack. 2104 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 2105 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 2106 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 2107 overflow attacks. 2108 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 2109 alias recursion. 2110 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 2111 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 2112 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 2113 directly before the newline. 2114 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 2115 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 2116 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 2117 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 2118 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 2119 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 2120 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 2121 could not be opened. 2122 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 2123 value of this option is macro expanded. 2124 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 2125 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 2126 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 2127 (along with the already existing macros): 2128 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 2129 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 2130 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 2131 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 2132 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 2133 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 2134 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 2135 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 2136 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 2137 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 2138 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 2139 loopback net. 2140 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 2141 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 2142 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 2143 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 2144 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 2145 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 2146 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2147 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 2148 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 2149 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 2150 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 2151 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2152 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 2153 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 2154 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 2155 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 2156 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 2157 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2158 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 2159 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 2160 Ericsson. 2161 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2162 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 2163 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 2164 of Ericsson. 2165 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 2166 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 2167 of Renaissance Internet Services. 2168 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 2169 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 2170 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 2171 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 2172 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 2173 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 2174 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2175 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 2176 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 2177 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 2178 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 2179 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 2180 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 2181 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2182 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 2183 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 2184 equate name. 2185 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 2186 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 2187 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 2188 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 2189 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 2190 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 2191 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 2192 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 2193 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 2194 David Cooley of Colby College. 2195 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 2196 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 2197 already decided the message will be passed to another host 2198 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 2199 Buckeridge Young Limited. 2200 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 2201 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 2202 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 2203 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 2204 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 2205 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 2206 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 2207 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 2208 of Stanford University. 2209 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 2210 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 2211 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 2212 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 2213 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 2214 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 2215 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 2216 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 2217 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 2218 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 2219 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 2220 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 2221 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2222 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 2223 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 2224 attributes found in the match will be returned. 2225 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 2226 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 2227 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 2228 comma separated key and value strings. 2229 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 2230 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 2231 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 2232 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 2233 a single connection to that host. 2234 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 2235 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 2236 LDAP lookups. 2237 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 2238 resources. 2239 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 2240 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 2241 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 2242 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 2243 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 2244 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 2245 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 2246 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 2247 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 2248 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 2249 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 2250 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 2251 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 2252 with the name "*". 2253 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 2254 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 2255 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 2256 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 2257 matches to return. 2258 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 2259 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 2260 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 2261 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 2262 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 2263 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 2264 are defined. 2265 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 2266 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 2267 Tech. 2268 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 2269 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 2270 important if you have large classes. 2271 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 2272 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 2273 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2274 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 2275 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 2276 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 2277 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 2278 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 2279 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 2280 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 2281 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 2282 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 2283 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 2284 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 2285 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 2286 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 2287 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 2288 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 2289 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 2290 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 2291 determined). For single processor machines, this change 2292 has no effect. 2293 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 2294 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2295 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 2296 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2297 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 2298 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 2299 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 2300 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 2301 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 2302 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 2303 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 2304 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 2305 connection-based denial of service attacks. 2306 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 2307 10 or higher. 2308 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 2309 information (from= syslog line). 2310 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 2311 equate (dsn=). 2312 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 2313 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More 2314 information is available at 2315 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark 2316 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2317 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 2318 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 2319 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2320 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 2321 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2322 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 2323 the program as the default user and the default group, not 2324 the forward file user. This change also assures the 2325 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 2326 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 2327 Popovici of DNT Romania. 2328 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 2329 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 2330 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 2331 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 2332 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 2333 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 2334 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 2335 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 2336 helpful to know the sender of the message. 2337 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 2338 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2339 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 2340 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 2341 multiple files. 2342 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 2343 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 2344 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 2345 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 2346 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 2347 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 2348 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 2349 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 2350 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 2351 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 2352 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 2353 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 2354 length before the attempt. 2355 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 2356 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 2357 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 2358 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 2359 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 2360 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 2361 host status files, not all files. 2362 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 2363 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 2364 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 2365 Wonderworks Inc. 2366 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 2367 macro map class. This can be used to store information 2368 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 2369 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 2370 of Hannover. 2371 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 2372 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 2373 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 2374 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 2375 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 2376 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 2377 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 2378 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 2379 flag: 2380 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 2381 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 2382 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 2383 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 2384 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 2385 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 2386 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 2387 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 2388 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 2389 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 2390 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 2391 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 2392 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 2393 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2394 version. 2395 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 2396 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 2397 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 2398 if referencing a named ruleset. 2399 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 2400 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 2401 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 2402 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 2403 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 2404 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 2405 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 2406 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 2407 the University of Maryland. 2408 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 2409 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 2410 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 2411 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 2412 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 2413 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 2414 COMMANDS). 2415 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 2416 but for outgoing connections. 2417 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 2418 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 2419 a require authentication 2420 b bind to interface through which mail has 2421 been received 2422 c perform hostname canonification 2423 f require fully qualified hostname 2424 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 2425 command 2426 C don't perform hostname canonification 2427 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 2428 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 2429 h use name of interface for HELO command 2430 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 2431 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 2432 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 2433 Institutes of Health. 2434 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 2435 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 2436 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 2437 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 2438 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2439 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 2440 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 2441 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 2442 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 2443 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 2444 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 2445 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 2446 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2447 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 2448 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 2449 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 2450 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 2451 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 2452 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 2453 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 2454 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 2455 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 2456 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 2457 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 2458 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2459 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 2460 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 2461 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 2462 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 2463 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 2464 timeout. 2465 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 2466 interface address structure when loading the system network 2467 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 2468 Nanoteq. 2469 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 2470 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 2471 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 2472 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 2473 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 2474 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 2475 on load average. 2476 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2477 Northern Illinois University. 2478 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 2479 envelope splitting has occurred. 2480 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 2481 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 2482 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 2483 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 2484 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 2485 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2486 Institute. 2487 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 2488 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 2489 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 2490 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 2491 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 2492 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 2493 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2494 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 2495 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2496 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 2497 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2498 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 2499 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 2500 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 2501 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2502 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 2503 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 2504 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 2505 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2506 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 2507 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 2508 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 2509 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2510 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 2511 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 2512 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2513 University. 2514 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 2515 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 2516 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 2517 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 2518 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 2519 ruleset lines as well. 2520 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 2521 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 2522 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 2523 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2524 Institute. 2525 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 2526 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 2527 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 2528 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 2529 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 2530 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 2531 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 2532 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 2533 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 2534 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 2535 of Ericsson. 2536 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 2537 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 2538 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 2539 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2540 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 2541 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 2542 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 2543 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 2544 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 2545 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 2546 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 2547 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 2548 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 2549 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 2550 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 2551 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2552 University. 2553 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 2554 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 2555 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 2556 'sendmail -bs'. 2557 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 2558 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 2559 them in the .cf file. 2560 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 2561 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 2562 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 2563 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 2564 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 2565 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 2566 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 2567 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 2568 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2569 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 2570 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 2571 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 2572 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 2573 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2574 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 2575 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2576 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 2577 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 2578 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 2579 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 2580 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 2581 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 2582 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 2583 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 2584 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 2585 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 2586 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2587 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 2588 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 2589 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 2590 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2591 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 2592 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 2593 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 2594 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 2595 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 2596 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2597 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 2598 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 2599 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 2600 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 2601 don't fail on ANY queries. 2602 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 2603 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 2604 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2605 Northern Illinois University. 2606 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 2607 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 2608 State University. 2609 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 2610 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2611 Northern Illinois University. 2612 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 2613 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 2614 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 2615 Portability: 2616 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 2617 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 2618 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 2619 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 2620 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2621 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 2622 This allows network interface probing to work 2623 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 2624 University of Iowa. 2625 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 2626 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 2627 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 2628 name. 2629 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 2630 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 2631 Virginia Tech. 2632 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 2633 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 2634 Amsterdam. 2635 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 2636 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 2637 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 2638 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 2639 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 2640 in building the operating system. Users can 2641 override the defaults by setting confCC and 2642 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 2643 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 2644 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 2645 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 2646 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 2647 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 2648 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 2649 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 2650 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 2651 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 2652 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 2653 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 2654 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2655 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 2656 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 2657 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 2658 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 2659 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 2660 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 2661 use that value in conf.h. 2662 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 2663 BITart Consulting. 2664 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 2665 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 2666 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 2667 Computer, Inc. 2668 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 2669 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 2670 of E I A. 2671 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 2672 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 2673 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 2674 fchown(2). 2675 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 2676 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 2677 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 2678 srandomdev(3). 2679 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 2680 setlogin(2). 2681 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 2682 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 2683 Siemens Business Services. 2684 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 2685 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 2686 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 2687 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 2688 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 2689 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 2690 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 2691 Aerospace. 2692 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 2693 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 2694 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 2695 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 2696 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 2697 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 2698 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 2699 University. 2700 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 2701 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 2702 Technology Information Network. 2703 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 2704 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 2705 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 2706 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 2707 and OpenBSD. 2708 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 2709 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 2710 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 2711 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2712 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 2713 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 2714 details. 2715 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 2716 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 2717 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 2718 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 2719 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 2720 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 2721 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 2722 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 2723 Courtesan Consulting. 2724 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 2725 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 2726 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 2727 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 2728 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 2729 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 2730 multiple times. 2731 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 2732 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 2733 with From:). 2734 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 2735 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 2736 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 2737 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 2738 new functionality. 2739 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 2740 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 2741 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 2742 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 2743 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 2744 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 2745 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 2746 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 2747 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 2748 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 2749 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 2750 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 2751 confPID_FILE PidFile 2752 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 2753 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 2754 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 2755 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 2756 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2757 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 2758 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 2759 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2760 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 2761 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 2762 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 2763 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 2764 which takes the options as argument and can be used 2765 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 2766 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 2767 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 2768 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 2769 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 2770 to "IPC $h". 2771 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 2772 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 2773 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 2774 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 2775 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 2776 value should be changed with care. 2777 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 2778 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 2779 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 2780 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 2781 complain. 2782 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 2783 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 2784 of Q7 Enterprises. 2785 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 2786 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 2787 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 2788 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 2789 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 2790 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 2791 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 2792 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 2793 of Northern Illinois University. 2794 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 2795 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 2796 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 2797 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 2798 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 2799 in it. 2800 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 2801 in class 'P' ($=P). 2802 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 2803 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 2804 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 2805 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 2806 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 2807 is added. 2808 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 2809 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 2810 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 2811 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 2812 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 2813 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 2814 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 2815 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 2816 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 2817 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 2818 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 2819 Hubert of University of Washington. 2820 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 2821 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 2822 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 2823 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 2824 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 2825 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 2826 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 2827 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 2828 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 2829 Services. 2830 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 2831 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 2832 Aerospace. 2833 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 2834 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 2835 University and Brian Candler. 2836 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 2837 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2838 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 2839 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2840 Institute. 2841 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 2842 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 2843 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 2844 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 2845 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 2846 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 2847 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 2848 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 2849 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 2850 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2851 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 2852 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 2853 Willamette Industries, Inc. 2854 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 2855 converted to <user@d> 2856 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 2857 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 2858 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 2859 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 2860 performed. 2861 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 2862 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 2863 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2864 Institute. 2865 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 2866 be accessed by their numbers). 2867 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 2868 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 2869 of an address. 2870 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 2871 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 2872 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 2873 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 2874 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 2875 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 2876 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 2877 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 2878 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 2879 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 2880 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 2881 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 2882 Institute. 2883 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 2884 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 2885 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 2886 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 2887 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 2888 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 2889 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 2890 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 2891 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 2892 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 2893 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 2894 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2895 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 2896 University of California at Berkeley. 2897 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 2898 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2899 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 2900 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 2901 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 2902 Corporation UK. 2903 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 2904 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 2905 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 2906 Yale University. 2907 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 2908 be used for building. 2909 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 2910 used for a fresh build. 2911 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 2912 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 2913 ranlib. 2914 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 2915 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 2916 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 2917 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 2918 Costales. 2919 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 2920 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 2921 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 2922 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 2923 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 2924 of Siemens Business Services. 2925 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 2926 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 2927 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 2928 torek. 2929 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 2930 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 2931 They should contain the C source files for the object files 2932 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 2933 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 2934 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 2935 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 2936 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 2937 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 2938 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 2939 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 2940 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 2941 are in devtools/README. 2942 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 2943 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2944 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 2945 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 2946 new variable which identifies the root of the source 2947 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 2948 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 2949 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 2950 macro. 2951 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 2952 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 2953 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 2954 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 2955 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 2956 Corporation. 2957 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 2958 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 2959 confMANROOTMAN. 2960 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 2961 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 2962 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 2963 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 2964 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 2965 Communications. 2966 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 2967 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 2968 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 2969 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 2970 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 2971 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 2972 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 2973 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 2974 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 2975 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 2976 install-strip target. 2977 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 2978 the others (if it exists). 2979 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 2980 then the default ones. 2981 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 2982 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 2983 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 2984 to set the S flag. 2985 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 2986 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 2987 Northern Illinois University. 2988 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 2989 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 2990 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2991 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 2992 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 2993 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2994 University. 2995 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 2996 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 2997 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2998 University. 2999 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 3000 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 3001 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 3002 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 3003 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 3004 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 3005 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3006 University. 3007 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 3008 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 3009 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3010 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 3011 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 3012 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 3013 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 3014 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 3015 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 3016 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 3017 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 3018 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 3019 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 3020 Alcatel Australia Limited. 3021 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 3022 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 3023 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3024 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 3025 timeout to avoid starvation. 3026 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 3027 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 3028 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3029 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3030 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 3031 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 3032 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 3033 of Maryland. 3034 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 3035 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 3036 sendmail configuration file. 3037 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 3038 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 3039 option. 3040 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 3041 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3042 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 3043 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 3044 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 3045 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 3046 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 3047 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 3048 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3049 Corporation UK. 3050 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 3051 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 3052 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 3053 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3054 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 3055 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 3056 Institute for Global Communications. 3057 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 3058 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 3059 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3060 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 3061 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 3062 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3063 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 3064 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 3065 of the Institute for Global Communications. 3066 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 3067 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 3068 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 3069 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 3070 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 3071 Changed Files: 3072 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 3073 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 3074 which execute the actual Build script in 3075 devtools/bin. 3076 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 3077 -mandoc as they were previously. 3078 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 3079 of Build will work (unless parameters are 3080 required for Build). 3081 New Directories: 3082 devtools/M4/UNIX 3083 include 3084 libmilter 3085 libsmdb 3086 libsmutil 3087 vacation 3088 Renamed Directories: 3089 BuildTools => devtools 3090 src => sendmail 3091 Deleted Files: 3092 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 3093 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 3094 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3095 devtools/OS/SINIX 3096 sendmail/ldap_map.h 3097 New Files: 3098 INSTALL 3099 PGPKEYS 3100 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 3101 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 3102 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 3103 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 3104 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 3105 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 3106 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 3107 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 3108 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 3109 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 3110 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 3111 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 3112 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 3113 contrib/domainmap.m4 3114 contrib/qtool.8 3115 contrib/qtool.pl 3116 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 3117 devtools/M4/list.m4 3118 devtools/M4/string.m4 3119 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 3120 devtools/M4/switch.m4 3121 devtools/OS/Darwin 3122 devtools/OS/GNU 3123 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 3124 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 3125 devtools/OS/m88k 3126 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 3127 mail.local/Makefile 3128 mailstats/Makefile 3129 makemap/Makefile 3130 praliases/Makefile 3131 rmail/Makefile 3132 sendmail/Makefile 3133 sendmail/bf.h 3134 sendmail/bf_portable.c 3135 sendmail/bf_portable.h 3136 sendmail/bf_torek.c 3137 sendmail/bf_torek.h 3138 sendmail/shmticklib.c 3139 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 3140 sendmail/timers.c 3141 sendmail/timers.h 3142 smrsh/Makefile 3143 vacation/Makefile 3144 Renamed Files: 3145 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 3146 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 3147 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 3148 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 3149 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 3150 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 3151 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 3152 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 3153 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 3154 Copied Files: 3155 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 3156 31578.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 3158 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 3159 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 3160 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 3161 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 3162 Schools" project (IdS). 3163 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 3164 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 3165 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 3166 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3167 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 3168 when performing the MIME header length check. This 3169 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 3170 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 3171 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 3172 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 3173 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 3174 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3175 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 3176 ExecPC Internet Systems. 3177 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 3178 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 3179 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 3180 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 3181 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 3182 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 3183 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 3184 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 3185 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 3186 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3187 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 3188 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 3189 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 3190 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 3191 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 3192 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 3193 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 3194 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 3195 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 3196 group of the IETF. 3197 Portability: 3198 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 3199 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 3200 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 3201 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 3202 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 3203 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 3204 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 3205 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 3206 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 3207 Technical University of Denmark. 3208 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 3209 Supercomputer Center. 3210 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 3211 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 3212 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 3213 of Stanford University. 3214 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 3215 between different releases. Back out the 3216 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 3217 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 3218 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 3219 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 3220 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 3221 of Siemens/SNI. 3222 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3223 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 3224 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 3225 University of Brno. 3226 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 3227 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 3228 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3229 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 3230 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 3231 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3232 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 3233 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 3234 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 3235 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 3236 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3237 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 3238 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 3239 MIDS Europe. 3240 New Files: 3241 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 3242 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3243 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 3244 32458.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 3246 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 3247 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 3248 for a denial of service attack. 3249 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 3250 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3251 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 3252 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3253 Corporation UK. 3254 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 3255 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 3256 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 3257 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 3258 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 3259 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 3260 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 3261 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 3262 Internet Services. 3263 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 3264 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 3265 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 3266 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 3267 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 3268 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 3269 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 3270 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 3271 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3272 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 3273 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 3274 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 3275 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 3276 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3277 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3278 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 3279 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 3280 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 3281 Internet Services. 3282 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 3283 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 3284 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 3285 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 3286 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 3287 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 3288 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 3289 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 3290 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 3291 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 3292 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 3293 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 3294 extended testing. 3295 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 3296 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 3297 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 3298 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 3299 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 3300 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3301 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 3302 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 3303 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 3304 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3305 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3306 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 3307 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 3308 Network. 3309 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 3310 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 3311 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 3312 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 3313 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 3314 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 3315 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3316 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 3317 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 3318 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 3319 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 3320 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 3321 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 3322 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 3323 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 3324 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 3325 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3326 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 3327 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3328 Meteorological Institute. 3329 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3330 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 3331 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 3332 Portability: 3333 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 3334 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 3335 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 3336 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 3337 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 3338 reading network interface addresses into 3339 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 3340 Cal State University, Chico. 3341 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 3342 from changing the semantics of the compiled 3343 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 3344 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 3345 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 3346 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3347 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3348 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 3349 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 3350 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 3351 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 3352 of Sun Microsystems. 3353 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 3354 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3355 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 3356 of Bits Co., Ltd. 3357 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 3358 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3359 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 3360 of E I A. 3361 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 3362 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 3363 Information Center. 3364 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 3365 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3366 Institute. 3367 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 3368 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 3369 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 3370 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 3371 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3372 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 3373 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 3374 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 3375 Manawatu Internet Services. 3376 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 3377 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 3378 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 3379 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 3380 of Northern Illinois University. 3381 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 3382 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3383 Kiel. 3384 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 3385 Dot Com. 3386 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 3387 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3388 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3389 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 3390 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 3391 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 3392 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3393 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 3394 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3395 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 3396 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 3397 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 3398 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3399 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 3400 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3401 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 3402 the envelope From header. 3403 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 3404 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 3405 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 3406 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 3407 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 3408 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 3409 Portal Services, Inc. 3410 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 3411 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 3412 Sun Microsystems. 3413 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3414 New Files: 3415 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 3416 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 3417 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 3418 contrib/smcontrol.pl 3419 src/control.c 3420 34218.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 3422 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 3423 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 3424 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 3425 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 3426 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 3427 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 3428 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3429 Meteorological Institute. 3430 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 3431 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 3432 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3433 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 3434 installation commands. The man pages would still be 3435 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 3436 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3437 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 3438 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3439 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 3440 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 3441 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 3442 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 3443 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 3444 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 3445 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 3446 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 3447 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 3448 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 3449 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 3450 Flextech TV. 3451 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 3452 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 3453 DaveLtd Enterprises. 3454 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 3455 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 3456 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 3457 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 3458 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 3459 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 3460 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 3461 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 3462 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 3463 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 3464 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 3465 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 3466 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 3467 University. 3468 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 3469 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 3470 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 3471 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 3472 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 3473 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 3474 Portability: 3475 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 3476 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 3477 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 3478 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 3479 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 3480 of BSDI. 3481 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 3482 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 3483 PICT Inc. 3484 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 3485 J. P. McCann of E I A. 3486 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 3487 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 3488 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 3489 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 3490 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 3491 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3492 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 3493 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 3494 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3495 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 3496 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 3497 would not accept @@hostname. 3498 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 3499 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 3500 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 3501 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 3502 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3503 New Files: 3504 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 3505 35068.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 3507 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 3508 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 3509 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 3510 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 3511 which need the ability to override security can use the 3512 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 3513 information. 3514 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 3515 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 3516 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 3517 world writable directories. 3518 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 3519 it is in a world writable directory. 3520 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 3521 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 3522 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 3523 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 3524 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 3525 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 3526 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 3527 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 3528 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 3529 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 3530 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 3531 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 3532 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 3533 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 3534 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 3535 default. 3536 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 3537 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 3538 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 3539 the University of Maryland. 3540 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 3541 of Cal State University, Chico. 3542 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 3543 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 3544 current version of Berkeley DB. 3545 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 3546 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3547 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 3548 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 3549 of Maryland. 3550 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 3551 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 3552 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 3553 Microsystems. 3554 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 3555 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 3556 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 3557 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 3558 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 3559 mail.local on the F=z flag. 3560 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 3561 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 3562 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 3563 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 3564 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 3565 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 3566 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 3567 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 3568 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 3569 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 3570 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 3571 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 3572 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3573 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 3574 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 3575 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 3576 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 3577 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 3578 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 3579 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 3580 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 3581 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 3582 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 3583 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 3584 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 3585 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 3586 relaying entirely. 3587 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 3588 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 3589 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 3590 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 3591 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 3592 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 3593 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 3594 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3595 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 3596 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 3597 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 3598 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 3599 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3600 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 3601 sender for those failures. 3602 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 3603 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 3604 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 3605 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 3606 of Ericsson. 3607 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 3608 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 3609 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 3610 of Procter & Gamble. 3611 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 3612 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 3613 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 3614 of Procter & Gamble. 3615 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 3616 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 3617 of system security. This should only be used if you are 3618 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 3619 DontBlameSendmail options are: 3620 Safe 3621 AssumeSafeChown 3622 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 3623 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 3624 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 3625 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 3626 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 3627 GroupWritableAliasFile 3628 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 3629 WorldWritableAliasFile 3630 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 3631 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 3632 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 3633 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 3634 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 3635 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 3636 MapInUnsafeDirPath 3637 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 3638 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 3639 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 3640 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 3641 LinkedMapInWritableDir 3642 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 3643 FileDeliveryToHardLink 3644 FileDeliveryToSymLink 3645 WriteMapToHardLink 3646 WriteMapToSymLink 3647 WriteStatsToHardLink 3648 WriteStatsToSymLink 3649 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 3650 RunWritableProgram 3651 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 3652 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 3653 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 3654 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 3655 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 3656 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 3657 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 3658 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 3659 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 3660 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 3661 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 3662 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 3663 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 3664 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 3665 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 3666 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 3667 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 3668 contrast to the success case). 3669 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 3670 of the form: 3671 HHeader: $>Ruleset 3672 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 3673 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 3674 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 3675 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 3676 from hiding their connection information in Received: 3677 headers. 3678 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 3679 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 3680 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 3681 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 3682 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 3683 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 3684 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 3685 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 3686 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 3687 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 3688 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 3689 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 3690 remote identity can be queried. 3691 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 3692 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 3693 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 3694 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3695 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 3696 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 3697 some of the details are determined dynamically via 3698 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 3699 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 3700 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 3701 the new Build method which creates an operating system 3702 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 3703 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 3704 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 3705 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 3706 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 3707 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 3708 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3709 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 3710 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 3711 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 3712 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 3713 This means that even if only one of the recipients 3714 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 3715 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 3716 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 3717 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 3718 of CNET: The Computer Network. 3719 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 3720 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 3721 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3722 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 3723 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 3724 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 3725 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 3726 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 3727 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 3728 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 3729 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 3730 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 3731 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3732 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 3733 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 3734 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3735 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 3736 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 3737 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 3738 Institute. 3739 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 3740 mail.local. 3741 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 3742 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 3743 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 3744 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 3745 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 3746 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3747 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 3748 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 3749 of InfoBeat, Inc. 3750 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 3751 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 3752 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 3753 mailstats command. 3754 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 3755 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 3756 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 3757 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 3758 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 3759 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 3760 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3761 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 3762 Ericsson. 3763 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 3764 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 3765 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 3766 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 3767 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 3768 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 3769 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 3770 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 3771 Stratus Computer, Inc. 3772 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 3773 currently supported version. 3774 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 3775 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 3776 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 3777 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 3778 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 3779 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3780 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 3781 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 3782 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 3783 message in error bounces. 3784 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 3785 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 3786 Digital Equipment Corporation. 3787 Portability: 3788 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 3789 of Kyoto University. 3790 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 3791 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 3792 Maryland. 3793 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 3794 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 3795 in Finland. 3796 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 3797 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 3798 the University of Maryland. 3799 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 3800 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 3801 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3802 Meteorological Institute. 3803 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 3804 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 3805 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 3806 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 3807 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 3808 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 3809 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 3810 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 3811 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 3812 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 3813 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 3814 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3815 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 3816 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 3817 Microsystems. 3818 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 3819 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 3820 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 3821 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 3822 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 3823 directory for certain programs. 3824 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 3825 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 3826 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 3827 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 3828 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 3829 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 3830 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 3831 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 3832 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 3833 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 3834 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 3835 the user to setup different .forward files for 3836 user+detail addressing. 3837 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 3838 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 3839 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 3840 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 3841 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 3842 outside your domain). 3843 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 3844 any site to any site. 3845 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 3846 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 3847 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 3848 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 3849 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 3850 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 3851 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 3852 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 3853 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 3854 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 3855 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 3856 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 3857 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 3858 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 3859 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 3860 host names only. 3861 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 3862 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 3863 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 3864 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 3865 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 3866 needed for most installations. 3867 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 3868 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 3869 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 3870 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 3871 the University of Maryland. 3872 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 3873 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 3874 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 3875 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 3876 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 3877 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 3878 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 3879 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 3880 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 3881 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 3882 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 3883 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 3884 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 3885 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 3886 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 3887 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 3888 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 3889 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 3890 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 3891 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 3892 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 3893 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 3894 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 3895 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 3896 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 3897 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 3898 above for more information. 3899 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 3900 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3901 Meteorological Institute. 3902 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 3903 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 3904 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 3905 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 3906 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3907 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 3908 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 3909 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 3910 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 3911 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 3912 MustQuoteChars respectively. 3913 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 3914 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 3915 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 3916 CMU (now of Netscape). 3917 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 3918 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 3919 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 3920 read mail.local/README. 3921 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 3922 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 3923 University of Maryland. 3924 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 3925 University, Chico. 3926 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3927 Meteorological Institute. 3928 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 3929 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 3930 University of Maryland. 3931 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 3932 such as linked files in world writable directories. 3933 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 3934 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 3935 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 3936 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 3937 Braunschweig. 3938 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 3939 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 3940 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3941 Changed Files: 3942 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 3943 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 3944 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 3945 New Files: 3946 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 3947 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 3948 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 3949 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 3950 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 3951 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 3952 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 3953 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 3954 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 3955 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 3956 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 3957 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 3958 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 3959 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 3960 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 3961 BuildTools/OS/QNX 3962 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 3963 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 3964 BuildTools/README 3965 BuildTools/Site/README 3966 BuildTools/bin/Build 3967 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 3968 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 3969 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 3970 Makefile 3971 cf/cf/Build 3972 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 3973 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 3974 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 3975 cf/feature/access_db.m4 3976 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 3977 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 3978 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 3979 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 3980 cf/feature/rbl.m4 3981 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 3982 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 3983 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 3984 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 3985 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 3986 contrib/doublebounce.pl 3987 mail.local/Build 3988 mail.local/Makefile.m4 3989 mail.local/README 3990 mailstats/Build 3991 mailstats/Makefile.m4 3992 makemap/Build 3993 makemap/Makefile.m4 3994 praliases/Build 3995 praliases/Makefile.m4 3996 rmail/Build 3997 rmail/Makefile.m4 3998 rmail/rmail.0 3999 smrsh/Build 4000 smrsh/Makefile.m4 4001 src/Build 4002 src/Makefile.m4 4003 src/snprintf.c 4004 Deleted Files: 4005 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 4006 mail.local/Makefile 4007 mail.local/Makefile.dist 4008 mailstats/Makefile 4009 mailstats/Makefile.dist 4010 makemap/Makefile 4011 makemap/Makefile.dist 4012 praliases/Makefile 4013 praliases/Makefile.dist 4014 rmail/Makefile 4015 smrsh/Makefile 4016 smrsh/Makefile.dist 4017 src/Makefile 4018 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 4019 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 4020 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 4021 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 4022 Renamed Files: 4023 READ_ME => README 4024 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 4025 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 4026 src/READ_ME => src/README 4027 40288.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 4029 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 4030 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4031 Meteorological Institute. 4032 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 4033 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 4034 Arseneault of SRI International. 4035 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 4036 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 4037 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4038 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 4039 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 4040 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 4041 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 4042 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 4043 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4044 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 4045 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 4046 River Systems. 4047 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 4048 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 4049 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 4050 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 4051 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4052 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 4053 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 4054 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 4055 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 4056 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 4057 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 4058 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 4059 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 4060 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4061 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4062 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 4063 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4064 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 4065 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 4066 results during a single message processing (but would 4067 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 4068 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 4069 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 4070 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4071 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4072 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 4073 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 4074 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4075 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4076 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 4077 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 4078 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 4079 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 4080 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 4081 and the inability to save a bounce message to 4082 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 4083 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 4084 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 4085 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 4086 Associates. 4087 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 4088 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 4089 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 4090 could cause confusing error messages. 4091 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 4092 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 4093 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 4094 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 4095 SuperNet, Inc. 4096 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 4097 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4098 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 4099 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4100 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4101 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 4102 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 4103 dropped. 4104 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 4105 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 4106 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4107 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 4108 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 4109 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 4110 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 4111 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4112 Institute. 4113 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 4114 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 4115 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 4116 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 4117 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 4118 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 4119 RUS University of Stuttgart. 4120 Minor lint fixes. 4121 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 4122 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 4123 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 4124 of Stanford University. 4125 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 4126 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 4127 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 4128 Portability: 4129 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 4130 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 4131 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 4132 Electronic Data Systems. 4133 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 4134 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 4135 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 4136 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 4137 loader environment variables into the loader memory 4138 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 4139 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 4140 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 4141 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 4142 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 4143 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 4144 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 4145 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 4146 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 4147 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 4148 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4149 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 4150 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4151 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 4152 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 4153 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 4154 Services. 4155 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 4156 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4157 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 4158 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 4159 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 4160 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 4161 Services VAS. 4162 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4163 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 4164 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 4165 Ericsson. 4166 41678.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 4168 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 4169 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 4170 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 4171 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 4172 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 4173 GmbH. 4174 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 4175 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 4176 of Technology, Stockholm. 4177 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 4178 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 4179 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 4180 that these routines are included as though they were in the 4181 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 4182 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 4183 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 4184 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 4185 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 4186 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 4187 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 4188 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 4189 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 4190 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 4191 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 4192 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 4193 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 4194 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 4195 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 4196 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 4197 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 4198 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 4199 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 4200 have to assume that the information is good. 4201 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 4202 open or locked. 4203 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 4204 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 4205 errors during testing. 4206 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 4207 printed in the error message. 4208 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 4209 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 4210 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 4211 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 4212 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 4213 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 4214 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 4215 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 4216 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 4217 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 4218 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 4219 runner runs during a critical section in another message 4220 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 4221 Results Computing. 4222 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 4223 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 4224 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 4225 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 4226 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4227 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 4228 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 4229 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 4230 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 4231 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 4232 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 4233 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 4234 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 4235 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 4236 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 4237 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 4238 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 4239 simultaneously. 4240 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 4241 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 4242 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 4243 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 4244 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4245 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 4246 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 4247 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 4248 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4249 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 4250 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 4251 CSU Chico. 4252 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 4253 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 4254 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 4255 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 4256 Portability: 4257 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 4258 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 4259 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 4260 be used instead. 4261 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 4262 of Argonne National Laboratory. 4263 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4264 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4265 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 4266 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 4267 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 4268 in Makefiles. 4269 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 4270 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 4271 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 4272 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 4273 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 4274 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 4275 NCR Corp. 4276 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 4277 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 4278 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 4279 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 4280 Resource Network 4281 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 4282 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 4283 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 4284 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 4285 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 4286 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 4287 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 4288 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 4289 Corp. 4290 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 4291 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 4292 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 4293 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 4294 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 4295 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 4296 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 4297 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 4298 PlainTalk. 4299 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 4300 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 4301 by Harry Styron. 4302 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 4303 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 4304 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 4305 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 4306 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 4307 changed after open". 4308 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 4309 files. 4310 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 4311 NEW FILES: 4312 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 4313 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 4314 test/t_exclopen.c 4315 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 4316 DELETED FILES: 4317 Makefile 4318 43198.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 4320 ************************************************************* 4321 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 4322 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 4323 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 4324 * continued sendmail development. * 4325 ************************************************************* 4326 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 4327 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 4328 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 4329 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 4330 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 4331 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 4332 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 4333 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 4334 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 4335 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 4336 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 4337 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 4338 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 4339 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 4340 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 4341 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 4342 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4343 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4344 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 4345 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 4346 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 4347 another database; this can be used either to expose 4348 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 4349 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 4350 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 4351 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 4352 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 4353 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 4354 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 4355 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 4356 system directories. 4357 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 4358 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 4359 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 4360 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 4361 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 4362 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 4363 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 4364 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 4365 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 4366 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 4367 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 4368 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 4369 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 4370 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 4371 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 4372 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 4373 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 4374 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 4375 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 4376 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 4377 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 4378 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 4379 NFS-mounted filesystems. 4380 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 4381 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 4382 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 4383 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 4384 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 4385 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 4386 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 4387 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 4388 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4389 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 4390 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4391 same host). 4392 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 4393 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 4394 from Theo de Raadt. 4395 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 4396 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 4397 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4398 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 4399 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 4400 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 4401 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 4402 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 4403 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4404 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 4405 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 4406 Microsystems. 4407 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 4408 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 4409 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4410 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 4411 too large) don't send the bogus message. 4412 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 4413 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 4414 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4415 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 4416 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 4417 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 4418 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 4419 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 4420 Shapiro. 4421 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 4422 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 4423 Sun Microsystems. 4424 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 4425 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 4426 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 4427 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 4428 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 4429 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 4430 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 4431 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 4432 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 4433 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 4434 Mercury Mail. 4435 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 4436 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 4437 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 4438 Morgan Stanley. 4439 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 4440 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 4441 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 4442 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4443 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 4444 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 4445 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 4446 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 4447 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 4448 not be run. 4449 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 4450 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 4451 printing. 4452 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 4453 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 4454 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4455 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 4456 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 4457 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 4458 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 4459 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 4460 erroneous results during a single message processing 4461 (but would recover when the next message was received). 4462 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 4463 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 4464 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 4465 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 4466 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 4467 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 4468 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 4469 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 4470 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 4471 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 4472 address as "may be forged". 4473 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 4474 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 4475 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 4476 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 4477 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 4478 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 4479 of TwinCom. 4480 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 4481 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 4482 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 4483 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 4484 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 4485 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 4486 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 4487 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 4488 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4489 Institute. 4490 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 4491 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 4492 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 4493 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 4494 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 4495 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 4496 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 4497 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 4498 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 4499 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 4500 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 4501 book (2nd edition). 4502 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 4503 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 4504 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 4505 John Beck of SunSoft. 4506 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 4507 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 4508 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 4509 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 4510 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 4511 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 4512 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 4513 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 4514 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 4515 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 4516 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 4517 returns. 4518 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 4519 on some architectures. 4520 Portability: 4521 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 4522 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 4523 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 4524 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 4525 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 4526 of Washington. 4527 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 4528 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 4529 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4530 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 4531 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 4532 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 4533 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 4534 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 4535 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 4536 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4537 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 4538 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 4539 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 4540 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 4541 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 4542 Cambridge. 4543 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 4544 Kari Hurtta. 4545 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 4546 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 4547 IRIX Makefile). 4548 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 4549 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4550 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 4551 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 4552 Brian Candler. 4553 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 4554 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 4555 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4556 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 4557 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 4558 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4559 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 4560 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 4561 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 4562 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 4563 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 4564 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4565 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 4566 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 4567 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 4568 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 4569 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 4570 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 4571 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 4572 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4573 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 4574 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 4575 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 4576 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 4577 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 4578 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 4579 was specified, even when it wasn't. 4580 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 4581 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 4582 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 4583 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 4584 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 4585 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 4586 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 4587 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 4588 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 4589 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 4590 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 4591 developers). 4592 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 4593 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 4594 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4595 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 4596 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 4597 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 4598 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 4599 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 4600 NEXTSTEP. 4601 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 4602 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 4603 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 4604 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 4605 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4606 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 4607 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 4608 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 4609 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 4610 for system accounts. 4611 NEW FILES: 4612 src/safefile.c 4613 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 4614 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 4615 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 4616 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 4617 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 4618 RENAMED FILES: 4619 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 4620 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 4621 46228.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 4623 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 4624 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 4625 even if RunAsUser is specified. 4626 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 4627 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 4628 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4629 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 4630 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 4631 University of Pennsylvania. 4632 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 4633 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 4634 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 4635 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 4636 was unnecessarily awful. 4637 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 4638 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 4639 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 4640 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 4641 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 4642 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 4643 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 4644 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 4645 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4646 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 4647 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4648 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 4649 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 4650 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 4651 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 4652 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 4653 Semiconductor Corp. 4654 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 4655 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 4656 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 4657 at Austin. 4658 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 4659 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 4660 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 4661 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 4662 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 4663 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 4664 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 4665 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 4666 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 4667 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 4668 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 4669 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 4670 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 4671 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 4672 Costales. 4673 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 4674 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 4675 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 4676 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 4677 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 4678 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 4679 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 4680 The current values and defaults are: 4681 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 4682 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 4683 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 4684 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 4685 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 4686 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 4687 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 4688 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 4689 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 4690 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 4691 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 4692 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 4693 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 4694 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 4695 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 4696 Eric Hagberg. 4697 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 4698 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 4699 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 4700 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 4701 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 4702 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 4703 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 4704 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4705 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 4706 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 4707 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 4708 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 4709 Communications. 4710 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 4711 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 4712 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 4713 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4714 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 4715 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 4716 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 4717 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 4718 PORTABILITY: 4719 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 4720 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 4721 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 4722 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 4723 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 4724 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 4725 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 4726 (Moscow). 4727 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 4728 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 4729 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 4730 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 4731 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 4732 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 4733 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 4734 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 4735 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 4736 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 4737 Received: line. 4738 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 4739 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 4740 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 4741 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 4742 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 4743 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 4744 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 4745 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 4746 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 4747 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 4748 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 4749 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 4750 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 4751 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 4752 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 4753 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 4754 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 4755 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 4756 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 4757 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 4758 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4759 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 4760 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 4761 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 4762 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 4763 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 4764 Long Beach. 4765 47668.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 4767 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 4768 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 4769 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 4770 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 4771 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 4772 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 4773 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 4774 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 4775 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 4776 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 4777 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 4778 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 4779 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 4780 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 4781 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 4782 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 4783 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 4784 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 4785 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4786 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 4787 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 4788 Problem noted by several people. 4789 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 4790 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 4791 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 4792 by several people. 4793 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 4794 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 4795 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 4796 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 4797 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 4798 of Best Internet Communications. 4799 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 4800 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 4801 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 4802 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 4803 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 4804 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 4805 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 4806 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 4807 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 4808 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 4809 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 4810 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 4811 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4812 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 4813 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 4814 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 4815 by Roy Mongiovi. 4816 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 4817 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4818 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 4819 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 4820 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 4821 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 4822 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 4823 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 4824 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 4825 of Kyoto University. 4826 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 4827 conditions from Don Lewis. 4828 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 4829 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 4830 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 4831 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 4832 patch from Bryan Costales. 4833 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4834 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 4835 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 4836 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 4837 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 4838 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 4839 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 4840 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 4841 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 4842 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 4843 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 4844 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 4845 of Tokyo. 4846 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 4847 Services, Inc. 4848 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 4849 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 4850 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 4851 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 4852 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 4853 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 4854 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 4855 than one long one. By popular demand. 4856 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 4857 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 4858 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 4859 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 4860 of NTT Software Corporation. 4861 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 4862 NEW FILES: 4863 contrib/etrn.pl 4864 48658.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 4866 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 4867 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 4868 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 4869 best-of-security list. 4870 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 4871 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 4872 should make it clearer to people that they are running 4873 the wrong binary. 4874 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 4875 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 4876 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 4877 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 4878 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 4879 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 4880 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 4881 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 4882 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 4883 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 4884 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 4885 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 4886 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 4887 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 4888 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 4889 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 4890 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 4891 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 4892 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 4893 Eric Wassenaar. 4894 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 4895 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 4896 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 4897 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 4898 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 4899 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 4900 UUNET. 4901 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 4902 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 4903 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 4904 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 4905 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 4906 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 4907 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 4908 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 4909 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 4910 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 4911 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 4912 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 4913 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 4914 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 4915 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 4916 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 4917 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 4918 University of Linkoping. 4919 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 4920 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 4921 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 4922 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 4923 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 4924 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 4925 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 4926 other end. 4927 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 4928 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 4929 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 4930 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 4931 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 4932 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 4933 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4934 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4935 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 4936 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 4937 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 4938 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 4939 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 4940 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 4941 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 4942 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 4943 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 4944 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 4945 The outline of the implementation was contributed 4946 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 4947 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 4948 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 4949 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 4950 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 4951 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 4952 Earickson of Colby College. 4953 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 4954 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 4955 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 4956 Kari Hurtta. 4957 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 4958 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 4959 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 4960 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 4961 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 4962 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 4963 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 4964 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 4965 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 4966 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 4967 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 4968 University of Washington, Seattle. 4969 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 4970 Polytechnic Institute. 4971 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 4972 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 4973 NEW FILES: 4974 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 4975 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 4976 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 4977 49788.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 4979 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 4980 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 4981 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4982 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 4983 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 4984 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 4985 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 4986 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 4987 CONFIG: no changes. 4988 49898.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 4990 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 4991 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 4992 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 4993 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 4994 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 4995 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 4996 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 4997 of WPI. 4998 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 4999 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 5000 Kyoto University. 5001 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 5002 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 5003 on illegal host names. 5004 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 5005 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 5006 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 5007 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 5008 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 5009 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 5010 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 5011 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 5012 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5013 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 5014 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 5015 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 5016 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 5017 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 5018 University of Leicester. 5019 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 5020 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 5021 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 5022 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 5023 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 5024 University of Washington. 5025 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5026 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 5027 people pointed this out. 5028 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 5029 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 5030 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 5031 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 5032 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 5033 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 5034 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 5035 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 5036 Softec. 5037 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 5038 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5039 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 5040 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 5041 50428.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 5043 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 5044 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 5045 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 5046 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 5047 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 5048 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 5049 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 5050 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 5051 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 5052 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 5053 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 5054 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 5055 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 5056 NSC (Japan). 5057 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 5058 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 5059 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5060 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 5061 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 5062 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 5063 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 5064 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 5065 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 5066 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 5067 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 5068 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 5069 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 5070 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 5071 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 5072 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 5073 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 5074 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 5075 printout. 5076 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 5077 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 5078 square braces. 5079 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 5080 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 5081 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 5082 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 5083 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 5084 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 5085 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5086 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 5087 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 5088 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 5089 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5090 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 5091 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 5092 Dandelion Digital. 5093 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 5094 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 5095 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 5096 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 5097 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 5098 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 5099 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 5100 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5101 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 5102 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 5103 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 5104 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 5105 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 5106 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 5107 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 5108 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 5109 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 5110 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 5111 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 5112 mailers. 5113 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 5114 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 5115 Myers of CMU. 5116 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 5117 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 5118 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 5119 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 5120 there should be no security implications. Implementation 5121 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 5122 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 5123 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 5124 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 5125 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 5126 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 5127 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 5128 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 5129 parameter. 5130 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 5131 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 5132 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 5133 University of Maryland. 5134 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 5135 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 5136 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 5137 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 5138 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 5139 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 5140 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 5141 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 5142 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 5143 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 5144 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 5145 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 5146 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 5147 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 5148 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 5149 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 5150 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 5151 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 5152 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 5153 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 5154 section 5.2.5. 5155 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 5156 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 5157 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 5158 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 5159 is for incoming connections only. 5160 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 5161 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 5162 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 5163 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 5164 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 5165 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 5166 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 5167 (e.g., due to connection caching). 5168 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 5169 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 5170 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 5171 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 5172 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 5173 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 5174 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 5175 that take a very long time to run. 5176 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 5177 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 5178 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 5179 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 5180 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 5181 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5182 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 5183 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 5184 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5185 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 5186 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 5187 Costales. 5188 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 5189 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 5190 Technologies, Inc. 5191 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 5192 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 5193 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 5194 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 5195 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 5196 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 5197 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 5198 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 5199 different for this case. 5200 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 5201 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 5202 of Stanford University. 5203 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 5204 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 5205 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 5206 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5207 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 5208 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 5209 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 5210 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 5211 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 5212 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5213 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 5214 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 5215 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 5216 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 5217 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 5218 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 5219 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 5220 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 5221 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 5222 Pasteur Institute. 5223 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 5224 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 5225 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 5226 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 5227 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 5228 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 5229 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 5230 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 5231 canonification. 5232 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 5233 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 5234 mailers. 5235 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 5236 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 5237 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 5238 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 5239 either of these in their configuration file. 5240 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 5241 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 5242 St. Peter's College. 5243 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 5244 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 5245 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 5246 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 5247 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 5248 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5249 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 5250 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 5251 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 5252 Costales. 5253 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 5254 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 5255 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 5256 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 5257 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 5258 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 5259 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 5260 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 5261 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 5262 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 5263 in rulesets. 5264 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 5265 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 5266 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 5267 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 5268 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 5269 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 5270 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 5271 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 5272 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 5273 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 5274 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 5275 on that basis. 5276 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 5277 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 5278 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 5279 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 5280 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 5281 Vixie. 5282 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 5283 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 5284 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 5285 See also the src/READ_ME file. 5286 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 5287 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 5288 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 5289 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 5290 two characters $, +. 5291 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 5292 debug_dumpstate. 5293 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 5294 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 5295 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 5296 valid recipients. 5297 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 5298 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 5299 noted by Tom May. 5300 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 5301 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 5302 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 5303 Beck of InReference, Inc. 5304 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 5305 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 5306 Computing Corporation. 5307 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 5308 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 5309 Internet Communications. 5310 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 5311 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 5312 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 5313 of Lysator. 5314 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 5315 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 5316 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 5317 of the University of Iceland. 5318 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 5319 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 5320 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 5321 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 5322 this change is a no-op. 5323 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 5324 Costales. 5325 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 5326 Bryan Costales. 5327 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 5328 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5329 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 5330 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5331 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 5332 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5333 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 5334 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 5335 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 5336 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5337 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 5338 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 5339 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 5340 Jones of UUNET. 5341 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 5342 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 5343 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5344 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 5345 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 5346 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 5347 easily determine what messages are to their role as 5348 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 5349 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 5350 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 5351 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 5352 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 5353 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 5354 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 5355 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 5356 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 5357 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 5358 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 5359 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 5360 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 5361 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 5362 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 5363 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 5364 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 5365 of Stanford University. 5366 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 5367 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 5368 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 5369 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 5370 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 5371 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 5372 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 5373 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 5374 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 5375 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 5376 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 5377 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 5378 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5379 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 5380 Motonori Nakamura. 5381 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 5382 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 5383 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 5384 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 5385 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 5386 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 5387 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 5388 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 5389 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 5390 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 5391 value is ".hoststat". 5392 There are also two new operation modes: 5393 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 5394 connections. 5395 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 5396 recent status information. 5397 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 5398 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 5399 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 5400 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 5401 framework is gratefully appreciated. 5402 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 5403 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 5404 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 5405 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 5406 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 5407 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 5408 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 5409 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 5410 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 5411 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 5412 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 5413 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 5414 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 5415 Costales. 5416 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 5417 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5418 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 5419 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 5420 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 5421 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5422 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 5423 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 5424 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 5425 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 5426 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 5427 Webmasters. 5428 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 5429 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 5430 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 5431 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 5432 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 5433 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 5434 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 5435 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 5436 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 5437 of Washington, Seattle. 5438 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 5439 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 5440 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 5441 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 5442 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 5443 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 5444 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 5445 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 5446 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 5447 Nakamura. 5448 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 5449 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 5450 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 5451 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 5452 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 5453 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 5454 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 5455 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 5456 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 5457 well constrained. 5458 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 5459 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 5460 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 5461 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 5462 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 5463 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 5464 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 5465 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 5466 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 5467 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 5468 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 5469 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 5470 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 5471 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 5472 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 5473 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 5474 Wolfhugel. 5475 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 5476 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 5477 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 5478 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 5479 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 5480 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 5481 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5482 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 5483 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 5484 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 5485 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 5486 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 5487 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 5488 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 5489 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 5490 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 5491 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 5492 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 5493 National University of Singapore. 5494 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 5495 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 5496 system can't cope with. 5497 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5498 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 5499 Atlas International. 5500 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 5501 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 5502 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 5503 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 5504 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 5505 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 5506 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 5507 Bernstein and Associates. 5508 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 5509 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 5510 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 5511 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 5512 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 5513 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 5514 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 5515 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 5516 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 5517 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 5518 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 5519 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 5520 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 5521 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5522 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 5523 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5524 Institute. 5525 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 5526 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 5527 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 5528 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 5529 Employment Standards Administration. 5530 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 5531 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 5532 Jr. 5533 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 5534 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 5535 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 5536 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 5537 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 5538 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 5539 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 5540 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 5541 of the University of Arizona. 5542 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 5543 Vanderbilt University. 5544 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 5545 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 5546 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 5547 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5548 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 5549 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 5550 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 5551 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 5552 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 5553 Foundation. 5554 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 5555 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 5556 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 5557 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 5558 Myers of CMU. 5559 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 5560 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 5561 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 5562 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 5563 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 5564 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 5565 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 5566 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 5567 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 5568 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 5569 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 5570 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 5571 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 5572 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 5573 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 5574 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 5575 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 5576 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5577 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 5578 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 5579 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 5580 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 5581 info@foo.com foo-info 5582 info@bar.com bar-info 5583 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 5584 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 5585 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 5586 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 5587 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 5588 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 5589 a great many people. 5590 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 5591 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 5592 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 5593 "fax" mailer. 5594 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 5595 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 5596 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 5597 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 5598 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 5599 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 5600 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 5601 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 5602 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 5603 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 5604 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 5605 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 5606 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 5607 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 5608 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 5609 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 5610 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 5611 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 5612 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 5613 of WPI. 5614 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 5615 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 5616 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5617 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 5618 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 5619 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 5620 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 5621 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 5622 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 5623 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5624 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 5625 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 5626 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 5627 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 5628 by Andreas Luik. 5629 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 5630 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 5631 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5632 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 5633 Wolfhugel. 5634 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 5635 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 5636 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 5637 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 5638 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 5639 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 5640 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 5641 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 5642 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 5643 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 5644 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 5645 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 5646 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 5647 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 5648 Costales. 5649 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 5650 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 5651 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 5652 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 5653 NEW FILES: 5654 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 5655 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 5656 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 5657 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 5658 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 5659 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 5660 mailstats/mailstats.8 5661 praliases/praliases.8 5662 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 5663 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 5664 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 5665 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 5666 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 5667 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 5668 cf/ostype/altos.m4 5669 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 5670 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 5671 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 5672 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 5673 DELETED FILES: 5674 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 5675 contrib/xla/README 5676 contrib/xla/xla.c 5677 RENAMED FILES: 5678 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 5679 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 5680 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 5681 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 5682 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 5683 56848.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 5685 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 5686 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 5687 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 5688 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 5689 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 5690 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 5691 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 5692 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 5693 56948.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 5695 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 5696 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 5697 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 5698 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 5699 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 5700 and others. 5701 57028.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 5703 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 5704 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 5705 any user (except root). 5706 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 5707 version number is unchanged. 5708 57098.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 5710 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 5711 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 5712 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5713 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 5714 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 5715 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 5716 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 5717 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 5718 Costales. 5719 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5720 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 5721 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 5722 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 5723 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 5724 Stanford University. 5725 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 5726 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5727 57288.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 5729 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 5730 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 5731 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 5732 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 5733 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 5734 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 5735 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 5736 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 5737 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 5738 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 5739 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 5740 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 5741 by Kari Hurtta. 5742 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 5743 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 5744 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 5745 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 5746 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 5747 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 5748 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 5749 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 5750 bounces when it should have requeued. 5751 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 5752 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 5753 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 5754 John Hawkinson of Panix. 5755 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 5756 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 5757 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 5758 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 5759 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 5760 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 5761 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 5762 Infobiogen. 5763 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 5764 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 5765 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 5766 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 5767 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 5768 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 5769 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 5770 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 5771 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 5772 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 5773 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 5774 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 5775 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 5776 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 5777 underscores. 5778 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 5779 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 5780 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 5781 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 5782 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 5783 included even if the user did not request success notification, 5784 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 5785 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 5786 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 5787 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 5788 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 5789 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 5790 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 5791 Costales of ICSI. 5792 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 5793 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 5794 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 5795 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 5796 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 5797 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 5798 Technological University. 5799 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 5800 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 5801 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 5802 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5803 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 5804 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 5805 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 5806 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 5807 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 5808 to have the database format of the alias files without the 5809 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 5810 Inc. 5811 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 5812 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 5813 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 5814 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 5815 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 5816 University. 5817 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 5818 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 5819 Association for Progressive Communications. 5820 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 5821 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 5822 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 5823 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 5824 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 5825 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 5826 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 5827 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 5828 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 5829 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 5830 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 5831 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 5832 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 5833 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 5834 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 5835 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 5836 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 5837 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 5838 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5839 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 5840 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 5841 James B. Davis of TCI. 5842 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 5843 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 5844 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 5845 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 5846 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 5847 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 5848 isn't supported on all compilers. 5849 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 5850 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 5851 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 5852 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 5853 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 5854 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 5855 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 5856 (France). 5857 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 5858 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 5859 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 5860 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 5861 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 5862 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 5863 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 5864 for different files. 5865 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 5866 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 5867 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5868 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 5869 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 5870 changes). 5871 58728.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 5873 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 5874 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 5875 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 5876 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 5877 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 5878 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 5879 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 5880 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 5881 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 5882 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5883 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 5884 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 5885 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 5886 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 5887 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 5888 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 5889 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 5890 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 5891 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 5892 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 5893 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 5894 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 5895 results. This could have security implications. 5896 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 5897 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 5898 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 5899 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 5900 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 5901 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 5902 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 5903 Elz. 5904 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 5905 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 5906 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 5907 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 5908 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 5909 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 5910 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 5911 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 5912 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 5913 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 5914 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 5915 domain names are your friends. 5916 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 5917 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 5918 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 5919 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 5920 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 5921 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 5922 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 5923 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 5924 of TerraNet. 5925 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 5926 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 5927 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 5928 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 5929 of WPI. 5930 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5931 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 5932 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 5933 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 5934 file and SGI standards. From Andre 5935 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 5936 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 5937 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 5938 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 5939 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 5940 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 5941 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 5942 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 5943 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 5944 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5945 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 5946 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 5947 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5948 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 5949 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 5950 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 5951 Infobiogen (France). 5952 NEW FILES: 5953 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 5954 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 5955 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 5956 59578.7/8.7 1995/09/16 5958 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 5959 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 5960 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 5961 Global Communications. 5962 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 5963 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 5964 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 5965 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 5966 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 5967 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 5968 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5969 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 5970 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 5971 can be confusing. 5972 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 5973 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 5974 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 5975 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 5976 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 5977 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 5978 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 5979 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 5980 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 5981 Maryland. 5982 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 5983 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 5984 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 5985 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 5986 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 5987 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 5988 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 5989 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 5990 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 5991 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 5992 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 5993 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 5994 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 5995 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 5996 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 5997 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5998 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 5999 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 6000 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 6001 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 6002 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 6003 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 6004 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 6005 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 6006 Swarthmore University. 6007 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 6008 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 6009 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 6010 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 6011 ruleset. 6012 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 6013 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 6014 -d debug flag. 6015 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 6016 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 6017 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 6018 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 6019 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 6020 and the parsed address. 6021 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 6022 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 6023 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 6024 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 6025 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 6026 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 6027 recipients. 6028 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 6029 return the result. 6030 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 6031 `mapname' and return the result. 6032 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 6033 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 6034 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 6035 the header for envelope sender information and uses 6036 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 6037 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 6038 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 6039 that functionality. 6040 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 6041 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 6042 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 6043 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 6044 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 6045 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 6046 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 6047 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 6048 of Michigan Technological University. 6049 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 6050 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 6051 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 6052 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 6053 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 6054 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 6055 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 6056 or not. 6057 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 6058 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 6059 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 6060 the error message. It was especially weird because it 6061 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 6062 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 6063 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 6064 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 6065 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 6066 should have minimal impact on external function. 6067 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 6068 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 6069 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 6070 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 6071 7 SevenBitInput 6072 8 EightBitMode 6073 A AliasFile 6074 a AliasWait 6075 B BlankSub 6076 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 6077 C CheckpointInterval 6078 c HoldExpensive 6079 D AutoRebuildAliases 6080 d DeliveryMode 6081 E ErrorHeader 6082 e ErrorMode 6083 f SaveFromLine 6084 F TempFileMode 6085 G MatchGECOS 6086 H HelpFile 6087 h MaxHopCount 6088 i IgnoreDots 6089 I ResolverOptions 6090 J ForwardPath 6091 j SendMimeErrors 6092 k ConnectionCacheSize 6093 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 6094 L LogLevel 6095 l UseErrorsTo 6096 m MeToo 6097 n CheckAliases 6098 O DaemonPortOptions 6099 o OldStyleHeaders 6100 P PostmasterCopy 6101 p PrivacyOptions 6102 Q QueueDirectory 6103 q QueueFactor 6104 R DontPruneRoutes 6105 r, T Timeout 6106 S StatusFile 6107 s SuperSafe 6108 t TimeZoneSpec 6109 u DefaultUser 6110 U UserDatabaseSpec 6111 V FallbackMXHost 6112 v Verbose 6113 w TryNullMXList 6114 x QueueLA 6115 X RefuseLA 6116 Y ForkEachJob 6117 y RecipientFactor 6118 z ClassFactor 6119 Z RetryFactor 6120 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 6121 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 6122 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 6123 $l UnixFromLine 6124 $o OperatorChars 6125 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 6126 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 6127 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 6128 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 6129 specify "V6" in the configuration. 6130 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 6131 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 6132 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 6133 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 6134 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 6135 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 6136 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 6137 This requires config file support to get right. It does 6138 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 6139 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6140 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 6141 A Addresses are aliasable. 6142 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 6143 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 6144 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 6145 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 6146 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 6147 recipient mailer flags. 6148 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 6149 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 6150 delivery. 6151 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 6152 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 6153 : Check for :include: on this address. 6154 | Check for |program on this address. 6155 / Check for /file on this address. 6156 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 6157 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 6158 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 6159 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 6160 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 6161 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 6162 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6163 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 6164 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 6165 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 6166 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 6167 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 6168 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 6169 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 6170 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 6171 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 6172 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 6173 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 6174 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 6175 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 6176 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 6177 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 6178 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 6179 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 6180 (essentially, the full MIME option). 6181 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 6182 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 6183 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 6184 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 6185 flag is ignored. 6186 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 6187 the setting of F=8. 6188 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 6189 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 6190 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 6191 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 6192 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 6193 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 6194 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 6195 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 6196 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 6197 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 6198 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 6199 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 6200 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 6201 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 6202 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 6203 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 6204 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 6205 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 6206 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 6207 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 6208 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 6209 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 6210 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 6211 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 6212 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 6213 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 6214 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 6215 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 6216 Unicom. 6217 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 6218 fashion as the U= mailer option. 6219 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 6220 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 6221 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 6222 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 6223 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 6224 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 6225 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 6226 from Chip Rosenthal. 6227 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 6228 For example, 6229 O Timeout.helo = 2m 6230 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 6231 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 6232 set them both the preferred new syntax is 6233 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 6234 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 6235 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 6236 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 6237 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 6238 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 6239 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 6240 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 6241 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 6242 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 6243 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 6244 contribution was to make it configurable). 6245 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 6246 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 6247 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 6248 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 6249 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 6250 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 6251 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 6252 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 6253 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 6254 I/O redirection. 6255 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 6256 can be confusing. 6257 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 6258 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 6259 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 6260 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 6261 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 6262 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 6263 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 6264 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 6265 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 6266 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 6267 queue-only. 6268 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 6269 :include: and .forward files. 6270 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 6271 key field name, the value field name, and the field 6272 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 6273 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 6274 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 6275 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 6276 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6277 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 6278 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 6279 Sun Microsystems. 6280 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 6281 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 6282 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 6283 Hutton of Indiana University. 6284 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 6285 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 6286 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 6287 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 6288 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 6289 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6290 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 6291 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 6292 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 6293 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 6294 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 6295 as comments. 6296 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 6297 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 6298 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 6299 are from sysexits.h. 6300 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 6301 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 6302 Kmap1 ... 6303 Kmap2 ... 6304 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 6305 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 6306 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 6307 map2 is searched and the value returned. 6308 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 6309 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 6310 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 6311 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 6312 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 6313 For example, if the declaration of the map is 6314 Ksample switch hosts 6315 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 6316 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 6317 equivalent to 6318 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 6319 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 6320 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 6321 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 6322 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 6323 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 6324 the -m (matchonly) flag. 6325 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 6326 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 6327 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 6328 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 6329 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 6330 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 6331 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 6332 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 6333 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 6334 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 6335 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 6336 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 6337 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 6338 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 6339 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 6340 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 6341 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 6342 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 6343 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 6344 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 6345 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 6346 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 6347 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 6348 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 6349 an /etc/hosts entry reads 6350 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 6351 this change will use the second name as the canonical 6352 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 6353 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 6354 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 6355 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 6356 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 6357 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 6358 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 6359 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 6360 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 6361 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 6362 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 6363 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 6364 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 6365 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 6366 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 6367 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 6368 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 6369 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 6370 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 6371 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 6372 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 6373 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 6374 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 6375 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 6376 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 6377 much longer than the specified timeout. 6378 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 6379 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 6380 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 6381 denial-of-service attack. 6382 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 6383 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 6384 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 6385 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 6386 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 6387 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 6388 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 6389 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 6390 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 6391 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 6392 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 6393 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 6394 actually file lookups. 6395 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 6396 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 6397 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 6398 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 6399 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 6400 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 6401 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 6402 support for them has been removed. 6403 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 6404 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 6405 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 6406 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 6407 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 6408 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 6409 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 6410 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 6411 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 6412 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 6413 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 6414 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 6415 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 6416 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 6417 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 6418 also improves the connection cache utilization. 6419 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 6420 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 6421 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 6422 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 6423 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 6424 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 6425 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 6426 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 6427 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 6428 Microsystems. 6429 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 6430 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 6431 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 6432 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 6433 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 6434 option can give the network software time to establish 6435 the link. The default units are seconds. 6436 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 6437 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 6438 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 6439 Defense Information Systems Agency. 6440 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 6441 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 6442 the National Computer Security Center. 6443 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 6444 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 6445 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 6446 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 6447 the mailprio scripts (see below). 6448 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 6449 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 6450 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 6451 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 6452 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 6453 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 6454 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 6455 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 6456 University Computing Service. 6457 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 6458 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 6459 the University of Kentucky. 6460 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 6461 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 6462 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 6463 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 6464 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 6465 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 6466 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 6467 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 6468 Corporation. 6469 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 6470 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 6471 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 6472 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 6473 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 6474 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 6475 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 6476 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 6477 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 6478 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 6479 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 6480 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 6481 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 6482 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 6483 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 6484 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 6485 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 6486 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 6487 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 6488 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 6489 Communications. 6490 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 6491 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 6492 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 6493 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 6494 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 6495 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 6496 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 6497 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 6498 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 6499 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 6500 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 6501 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6502 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 6503 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 6504 on values: 6505 None Leave the message as is. The 6506 message will be passed on even 6507 though it is in technically 6508 illegal syntax. 6509 Add-To Add a To: header with any 6510 recipients that it can find from 6511 the envelope. This risks exposing 6512 Bcc: recipients. 6513 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 6514 has almost no redeeming social value, 6515 and is provided only for back 6516 compatibility. 6517 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 6518 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 6519 which will have the effect of 6520 making the message legal without 6521 exposing Bcc: recipients. 6522 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 6523 There is a chance that mailers down 6524 the line will delete this header, 6525 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 6526 recipients. 6527 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 6528 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 6529 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 6530 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 6531 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 6532 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 6533 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 6534 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 6535 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 6536 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 6537 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 6538 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 6539 For example, if you run with 6540 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 6541 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 6542 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 6543 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 6544 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 6545 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 6546 entries. For example, given the aliases: 6547 list: member1 6548 list: member2 6549 and an alias file declared as: 6550 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 6551 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 6552 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 6553 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6554 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 6555 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 6556 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 6557 Johannesen. 6558 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 6559 to be simpler and more consistent. 6560 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 6561 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 6562 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 6563 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6564 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 6565 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 6566 This may affect some people who have written their own 6567 checkcompat() routine. 6568 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 6569 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 6570 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 6571 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 6572 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 6573 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 6574 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 6575 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 6576 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 6577 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 6578 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 6579 Corporation. 6580 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 6581 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 6582 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 6583 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 6584 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 6585 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 6586 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 6587 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 6588 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 6589 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 6590 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 6591 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 6592 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 6593 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 6594 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 6595 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 6596 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 6597 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 6598 the header. 6599 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6600 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 6601 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 6602 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 6603 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 6604 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 6605 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 6606 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 6607 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 6608 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 6609 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 6610 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 6611 is added between the first and second word of the first 6612 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 6613 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 6614 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 6615 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 6616 old sendmails understand. 6617 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 6618 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 6619 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 6620 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 6621 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 6622 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 6623 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 6624 data -- for example, 6625 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 6626 (romanized/less information) 6627 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 6628 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 6629 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 6630 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 6631 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 6632 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 6633 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 6634 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 6635 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 6636 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 6637 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 6638 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 6639 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 6640 Eric Prestemon of American University. 6641 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 6642 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 6643 increment on the background value). 6644 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 6645 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 6646 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 6647 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 6648 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 6649 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 6650 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 6651 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 6652 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 6653 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 6654 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 6655 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 6656 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 6657 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 6658 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 6659 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 6660 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 6661 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 6662 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 6663 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 6664 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 6665 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 6666 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 6667 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 6668 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 6669 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 6670 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 6671 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 6672 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 6673 service type is "files". 6674 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 6675 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 6676 into class "c". 6677 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 6678 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 6679 contributed by SunSoft. 6680 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 6681 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 6682 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 6683 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 6684 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 6685 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 6686 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 6687 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 6688 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 6689 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 6690 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 6691 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 6692 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 6693 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6694 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 6695 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 6696 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 6697 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 6698 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 6699 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 6700 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 6701 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 6702 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 6703 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 6704 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 6705 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 6706 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 6707 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 6708 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 6709 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 6710 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 6711 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 6712 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 6713 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 6714 flags. 6715 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 6716 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 6717 Motonori Nakamura. 6718 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 6719 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 6720 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 6721 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 6722 of MIT. 6723 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 6724 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 6725 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 6726 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 6727 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 6728 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 6729 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 6730 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 6731 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 6732 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 6733 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 6734 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 6735 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 6736 the make. 6737 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 6738 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 6739 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 6740 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 6741 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 6742 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 6743 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 6744 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 6745 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 6746 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 6747 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 6748 of Sun Microsystems. 6749 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 6750 is at least 50% faster. 6751 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 6752 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 6753 University. 6754 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 6755 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6756 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 6757 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 6758 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 6759 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 6760 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 6761 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 6762 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 6763 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 6764 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 6765 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 6766 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 6767 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 6768 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 6769 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 6770 Carnegie Mellon. 6771 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 6772 support. 6773 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 6774 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 6775 Global Information Solutions. 6776 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 6777 From Motonori Nakamura. 6778 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 6779 Motonori Nakamura. 6780 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 6781 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 6782 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 6783 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 6784 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 6785 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 6786 James of British Telecom. 6787 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 6788 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 6789 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 6790 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 6791 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 6792 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 6793 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 6794 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 6795 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 6796 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 6797 a bad guy can read your private files. 6798 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6799 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 6800 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 6801 University. This expands the disk size 6802 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 6803 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 6804 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 6805 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 6806 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 6807 Linux Makefile typo. 6808 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 6809 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 6810 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 6811 University, Chico. 6812 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 6813 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 6814 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 6815 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 6816 This requires adaptation of code that really 6817 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 6818 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 6819 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 6820 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 6821 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 6822 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 6823 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 6824 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 6825 problems. 6826 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 6827 match all the other configuration files. Fix 6828 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 6829 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 6830 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 6831 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 6832 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 6833 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 6834 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 6835 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 6836 Wemm of DIALix. 6837 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 6838 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 6839 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 6840 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 6841 of Ohio State University. 6842 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 6843 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 6844 University. 6845 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 6846 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 6847 Mainz. 6848 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 6849 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 6850 wrong statfs call). 6851 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 6852 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 6853 University. 6854 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 6855 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 6856 Rochester Medical Center. 6857 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 6858 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 6859 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 6860 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 6861 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 6862 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 6863 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 6864 Division. 6865 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 6866 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 6867 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 6868 Durand of I.M.A.G. 6869 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 6870 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 6871 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 6872 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 6873 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 6874 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 6875 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 6876 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 6877 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 6878 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 6879 of Meteo France. 6880 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 6881 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 6882 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 6883 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 6884 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 6885 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 6886 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 6887 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 6888 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 6889 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 6890 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 6891 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 6892 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 6893 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 6894 of Colorado. 6895 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 6896 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 6897 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 6898 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 6899 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 6900 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 6901 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 6902 on the file, but it should be quite small. 6903 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 6904 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 6905 giving the local administrator more control over what 6906 programs can be run from sendmail. 6907 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 6908 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 6909 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 6910 never will. 6911 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 6912 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 6913 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 6914 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 6915 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 6916 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 6917 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 6918 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 6919 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 6920 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 6921 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 6922 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 6923 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 6924 arbitrary directory -- use either: 6925 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 6926 or 6927 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 6928 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 6929 can use: 6930 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 6931 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 6932 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 6933 compatibility. 6934 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 6935 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 6936 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 6937 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 6938 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 6939 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 6940 County. 6941 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 6942 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 6943 just unqualified ones. 6944 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 6945 was never used and didn't work anyway. 6946 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 6947 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 6948 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 6949 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 6950 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 6951 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 6952 centralized hub. 6953 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 6954 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 6955 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 6956 this is expected to be another sendmail. 6957 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 6958 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 6959 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 6960 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 6961 Rosenthal of Unicom. 6962 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 6963 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 6964 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 6965 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 6966 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 6967 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 6968 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 6969 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 6970 but it is a no-op. 6971 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 6972 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 6973 as User Unknown. 6974 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 6975 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 6976 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 6977 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 6978 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 6979 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 6980 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 6981 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 6982 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 6983 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 6984 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 6985 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 6986 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 6987 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 6988 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 6989 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 6990 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 6991 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 6992 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 6993 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 6994 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 6995 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 6996 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 6997 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 6998 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 6999 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 7000 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 7001 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 7002 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 7003 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 7004 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 7005 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 7006 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 7007 assumed. 7008 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 7009 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 7010 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 7011 Information Systems Agency. 7012 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 7013 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 7014 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 7015 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 7016 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 7017 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 7018 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 7019 that really can be used in the real world. 7020 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 7021 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 7022 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 7023 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 7024 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 7025 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 7026 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 7027 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 7028 by Scott Hutton. 7029 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 7030 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 7031 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 7032 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 7033 people. 7034 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 7035 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 7036 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 7037 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 7038 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 7039 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 7040 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 7041 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 7042 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 7043 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 7044 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 7045 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 7046 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 7047 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 7048 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 7049 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 7050 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 7051 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 7052 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 7053 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 7054 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 7055 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 7056 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 7057 by Kimmo Suominen. 7058 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 7059 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 7060 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 7061 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 7062 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7063 NEW FILES: 7064 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 7065 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 7066 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 7067 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 7068 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 7069 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 7070 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 7071 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 7072 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 7073 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 7074 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 7075 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 7076 cf/domain/generic.m4 7077 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 7078 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 7079 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 7080 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 7081 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 7082 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 7083 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 7084 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 7085 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 7086 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 7087 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 7088 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 7089 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 7090 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 7091 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 7092 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 7093 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 7094 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 7095 contrib/bsdi.mc 7096 contrib/mailprio 7097 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 7098 mail.local/mail.local.0 7099 makemap/makemap.0 7100 smrsh/README 7101 smrsh/smrsh.0 7102 smrsh/smrsh.8 7103 smrsh/smrsh.c 7104 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 7105 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 7106 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 7107 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 7108 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 7109 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 7110 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 7111 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 7112 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 7113 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 7114 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 7115 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 7116 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 7117 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 7118 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 7119 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 7120 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 7121 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 7122 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 7123 src/aliases.0 7124 src/mailq.0 7125 src/mime.c 7126 src/newaliases.0 7127 src/sendmail.0 7128 test/t_seteuid.c 7129 RENAMED FILES: 7130 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 7131 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 7132 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 7133 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 7134 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 7135 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 7136 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 7137 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 7138 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 7139 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7140 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7141 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7142 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 7143 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 7144 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 7145 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 7146 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 7147 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 7148 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 7149 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 7150 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 7151 OBSOLETED FILES: 7152 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 7153 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 7154 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 7155 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 7156 cf/cf/knecht.mc 7157 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 7158 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 7159 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 7160 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7161 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7162 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 7163 contrib/rcpt-streaming 7164 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7165 71668.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 7167 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7168 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7169 any user (except root). 7170 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7171 version number is unchanged. 7172 71738.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 7174 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 7175 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 7176 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 7177 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 7178 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 7179 each other!). 7180 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 7181 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 7182 than fork(). 7183 71848.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 7185 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 7186 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 7187 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 7188 message when attempted from IDENT. 7189 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 7190 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 7191 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 7192 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 7193 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 7194 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 7195 partial lines. 7196 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 7197 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 7198 Rob McMahon. 7199 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 7200 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 7201 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 7202 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 7203 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 7204 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 7205 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 7206 Novell Labs Europe. 7207 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 7208 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 7209 Cal State Chico. 7210 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 7211 *Hobbit*. 7212 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 7213 and Liudvikas Bukys. 7214 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 7215 from Spider Boardman. 7216 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7217 with the binaries). 7218 72198.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 7220 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 7221 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 7222 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 7223 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 7224 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 7225 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 7226 implications. 7227 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 7228 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 7229 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 7230 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 7231 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 7232 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 7233 University of Texas. 7234 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 7235 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 7236 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 7237 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 7238 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 7239 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 7240 Data General. 7241 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 7242 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 7243 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 7244 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 7245 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 7246 with a lot of arguments). 7247 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 7248 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 7249 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 7250 Michigan. 7251 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 7252 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 7253 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 7254 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 7255 Thibault. 7256 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 7257 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 7258 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 7259 some of the map code. 7260 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7261 with the binaries). 7262 72638.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 7264 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 7265 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 7266 may have some security implications. 7267 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 7268 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 7269 Hill of the University of Iowa. 7270 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 7271 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 7272 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 7273 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 7274 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 7275 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 7276 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 7277 option. 7278 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 7279 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 7280 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 7281 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 7282 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 7283 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 7284 Rochester. 7285 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 7286 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 7287 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 7288 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 7289 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 7290 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 7291 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 7292 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 7293 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 7294 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 7295 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 7296 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 7297 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 7298 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 7299 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 7300 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 7301 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 7302 messages. 7303 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 7304 message to explain how much space was available and 7305 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 7306 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 7307 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 7308 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 7309 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 7310 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 7311 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 7312 moves things more towards what will probably become a 7313 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 7314 Kapor Enterprises. 7315 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 7316 without recompiling. 7317 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 7318 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 7319 purely cosmetic. 7320 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 7321 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 7322 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 7323 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 7324 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 7325 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 7326 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 7327 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 7328 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 7329 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 7330 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 7331 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 7332 Wolfhugel. 7333 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 7334 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 7335 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 7336 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 7337 refused" response, and that the connection can be 7338 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 7339 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 7340 size around and can never start listening to connections 7341 again. The down side is that someone could start up 7342 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 7343 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 7344 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 7345 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 7346 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 7347 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 7348 implications. 7349 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 7350 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 7351 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 7352 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 7353 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 7354 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 7355 doc directory. This includes some additional 7356 information. 7357 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 7358 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 7359 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 7360 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 7361 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 7362 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 7363 loop the mail, which was bad news. 7364 Portability fixes: 7365 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 7366 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7367 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 7368 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 7369 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 7370 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 7371 Newcastle upon Tyne. 7372 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 7373 Corporation. 7374 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 7375 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 7376 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 7377 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 7378 New Files: 7379 src/Makefile.CLIX 7380 src/Makefile.NCR3000 7381 doc/changes/Makefile 7382 doc/changes/changes.me 7383 doc/changes/changes.ps 7384 73858.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 7386 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 7387 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 7388 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 7389 73908.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 7391 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 7392 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 7393 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 7394 list. 7395 73968.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 7397 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 7398 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 7399 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 7400 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 7401 valid shell. 7402 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 7403 in the connection cache for a long time under some 7404 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 7405 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 7406 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 7407 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 7408 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 7409 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 7410 from a local user to another local user. From 7411 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7412 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 7413 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 7414 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7415 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 7416 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 7417 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 7418 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 7419 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 7420 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 7421 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 7422 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 7423 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 7424 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 7425 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 7426 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 7427 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 7428 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 7429 BSD-like system. 7430 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 7431 protocol entirely. 7432 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 7433 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 7434 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 7435 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 7436 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 7437 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 7438 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 7439 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 7440 files. 7441 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 7442 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 7443 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 7444 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 7445 of CMU. 7446 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 7447 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 7448 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 7449 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 7450 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 7451 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 7452 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 7453 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 7454 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 7455 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 7456 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 7457 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 7458 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 7459 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 7460 security implications. Suggested by several people. 7461 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 7462 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 7463 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 7464 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 7465 Motonori Nakamura. 7466 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 7467 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 7468 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 7469 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 7470 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 7471 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 7472 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 7473 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 7474 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 7475 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 7476 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 7477 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 7478 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 7479 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 7480 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 7481 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 7482 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 7483 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 7484 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 7485 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 7486 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7487 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 7488 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 7489 didn't see the class items being added. 7490 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 7491 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 7492 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 7493 Rutgers. 7494 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 7495 but sets h_errno to a success value. 7496 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 7497 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 7498 address specified in the P option). This fix should 7499 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 7500 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 7501 the problem myself. 7502 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 7503 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 7504 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 7505 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 7506 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 7507 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 7508 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 7509 UUNET. 7510 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 7511 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 7512 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 7513 John Oleynick. 7514 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 7515 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 7516 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 7517 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 7518 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 7519 Nakamura. 7520 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 7521 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 7522 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 7523 University of Washington. 7524 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 7525 don't have an ``=value'' part. 7526 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 7527 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 7528 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 7529 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 7530 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 7531 of Cambridge University. 7532 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 7533 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 7534 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 7535 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 7536 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 7537 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 7538 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 7539 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 7540 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 7541 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 7542 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 7543 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 7544 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 7545 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 7546 a chance. 7547 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 7548 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 7549 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 7550 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 7551 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 7552 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 7553 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 7554 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 7555 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 7556 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 7557 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 7558 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 7559 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 7560 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 7561 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 7562 size for various mailers. 7563 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 7564 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 7565 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 7566 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 7567 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 7568 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 7569 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 7570 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 7571 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 7572 system. 7573 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 7574 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 7575 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 7576 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 7577 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 7578 Michel of Thomson CSF. 7579 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 7580 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 7581 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 7582 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 7583 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 7584 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 7585 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 7586 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 7587 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 7588 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 7589 University of Sydney. 7590 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 7591 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 7592 This is because of the known bug where definition of 7593 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 7594 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 7595 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 7596 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 7597 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 7598 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 7599 Suominen. 7600 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 7601 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 7602 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 7603 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 7604 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 7605 Suominen. 7606 Portability fixes: 7607 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 7608 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7609 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 7610 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 7611 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 7612 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7613 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 7614 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 7615 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 7616 NEW FILES: 7617 src/Makefile.DomainOS 7618 src/Makefile.PTX 7619 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 7620 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 7621 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7622 src/mailq.1 7623 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 7624 doc/op/Makefile 7625 doc/intro/Makefile 7626 doc/usenix/Makefile 7627 76288.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 7629 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 7630 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 7631 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 7632 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 7633 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 7634 permissions they should not have had (usually group 7635 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 7636 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 7637 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 7638 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 7639 Although this does not respond to a specific known 7640 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 7641 Christian Wettergren. 7642 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 7643 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 7644 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 7645 program by putting that in their .forward file. 7646 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 7647 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 7648 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 7649 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 7650 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 7651 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 7652 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 7653 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 7654 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 7655 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 7656 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 7657 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 7658 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 7659 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 7660 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 7661 connection to create problems on the current job. 7662 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 7663 the wrong place. 7664 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 7665 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 7666 problem that ignored the load average in locally 7667 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 7668 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 7669 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 7670 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 7671 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 7672 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 7673 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 7674 when sending error messages. This resulted in 7675 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 7676 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 7677 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 7678 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 7679 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 7680 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 7681 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 7682 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 7683 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 7684 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 7685 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 7686 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 7687 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 7688 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 7689 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 7690 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 7691 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 7692 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 7693 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 7694 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 7695 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 7696 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 7697 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 7698 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 7699 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 7700 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 7701 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 7702 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 7703 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 7704 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 7705 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 7706 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 7707 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 7708 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 7709 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 7710 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 7711 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 7712 dot convention. 7713 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 7714 of from a clean exit. 7715 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 7716 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 7717 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 7718 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 7719 as the subject of an error message, even though the 7720 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 7721 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 7722 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 7723 Jones of UUNET. 7724 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 7725 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 7726 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 7727 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 7728 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 7729 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 7730 says that they should be ignored. 7731 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 7732 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 7733 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 7734 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 7735 is not reentrant. 7736 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 7737 documented in the Bat Book. 7738 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 7739 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 7740 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 7741 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 7742 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 7743 code during some parts of connection initialization. 7744 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 7745 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 7746 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 7747 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 7748 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7749 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 7750 of Kyoto University. 7751 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 7752 From P{r Emanuelsson. 7753 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 7754 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 7755 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 7756 Bryan Costales. 7757 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 7758 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 7759 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 7760 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 7761 Nakamura. 7762 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 7763 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 7764 illegal addresses appearing there). 7765 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 7766 BB&N. 7767 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 7768 included. 7769 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 7770 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 7771 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 7772 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 7773 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 7774 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 7775 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 7776 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 7777 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 7778 by the other end closing the connection. From 7779 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 7780 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 7781 to include a host name or other useful information. 7782 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 7783 DeMarco. 7784 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 7785 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 7786 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 7787 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 7788 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 7789 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 7790 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 7791 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 7792 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 7793 this properly). 7794 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 7795 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 7796 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 7797 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 7798 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 7799 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 7800 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 7801 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 7802 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 7803 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 7804 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 7805 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 7806 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 7807 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 7808 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 7809 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 7810 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 7811 of the Institute for Global Communications. 7812 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 7813 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 7814 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 7815 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 7816 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 7817 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 7818 Portability fixes for: 7819 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 7820 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 7821 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 7822 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 7823 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 7824 of Stoner Associates. 7825 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 7826 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 7827 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 7828 of Maryland. 7829 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 7830 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 7831 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 7832 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 7833 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 7834 RISC/os. 7835 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 7836 at Chico. 7837 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 7838 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 7839 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 7840 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 7841 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 7842 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 7843 since this is intended only for internal use, the 7844 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 7845 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 7846 addresses when relaying internally. 7847 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 7848 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 7849 provided by Peter Wemm. 7850 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 7851 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 7852 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 7853 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 7854 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 7855 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 7856 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 7857 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 7858 names. 7859 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 7860 rather than letting them get "local configuration 7861 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 7862 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 7863 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 7864 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 7865 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 7866 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 7867 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 7868 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 7869 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 7870 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 7871 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 7872 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 7873 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 7874 of Georgia Tech. 7875 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 7876 Jim Murray of Stratus. 7877 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 7878 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 7879 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 7880 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 7881 the local name prepended. 7882 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 7883 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 7884 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 7885 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 7886 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 7887 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 7888 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 7889 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 7890 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 7891 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 7892 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 7893 :include: files and accounts that have shells 7894 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 7895 cause some .forward files that have worked 7896 before to start failing. 7897 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 7898 NEW FILES: 7899 src/Makefile.DGUX 7900 src/Makefile.Dynix 7901 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 7902 src/Makefile.Mach386 7903 src/Makefile.NetBSD 7904 src/Makefile.RISCos 7905 src/Makefile.SCO 7906 src/Makefile.SVR4 7907 src/Makefile.Titan 7908 cf/mailer/pop.m4 7909 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 7910 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 7911 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 7912 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 7913 makemap/Makefile.dist 7914 praliases/Makefile.dist 7915 79168.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 7917 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 7918 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 7919 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 7920 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 7921 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 7922 class of attack. 7923 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 7924 in a few critical places. 7925 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 7926 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 7927 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 7928 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 7929 and High-Energy Physics. 7930 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 7931 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 7932 Eric Wassenaar. 7933 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 7934 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 7935 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 7936 Wassenaar. 7937 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 7938 really become relevant in the next release, but some 7939 people need it for local patches. From Michael 7940 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 7941 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 7942 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 7943 these can have different values depending on which 7944 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 7945 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 7946 what uid/gid processes ran as. 7947 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 7948 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 7949 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 7950 postmaster" case. 7951 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 7952 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 7953 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 7954 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 7955 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 7956 Christopher Davis. 7957 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 7958 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 7959 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 7960 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7961 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 7962 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 7963 79648.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 7965 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 7966 addresses that get return-receipts. 7967 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 7968 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 7969 and end up sending the message several times. 7970 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 7971 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 7972 four hours". 7973 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 7974 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 7975 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 7976 Cornell University Medical College. 7977 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 7978 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 7979 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 7980 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 7981 Wassenaar. 7982 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 7983 connections fail during message collection. From 7984 Eric Wassenaar. 7985 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 7986 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 7987 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 7988 Stratus. 7989 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 7990 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 7991 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 7992 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 7993 by non-root users were not put into 7994 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 7995 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 7996 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 7997 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 7998 could get confused as to whether a database was 7999 open or not. 8000 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 8001 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 8002 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 8003 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 8004 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 8005 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 8006 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 8007 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 8008 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 8009 80108.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 8011 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 8012 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 8013 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 8014 propagated to the queue file. 8015 80168.6/8.6 1993/10/05 8017 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 8018 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 8019 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 8020 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 8021 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 8022 header files but don't have the syscall. 8023 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 8024 if trymx == FALSE. 8025 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 8026 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 8027 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 8028 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8029 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 8030 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8031 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 8032 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 8033 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 8034 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 8035 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 8036 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 8037 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 8038 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 8039 Kanbe. 8040 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 8041 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 8042 Wisner of The Well. 8043 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 8044 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 8045 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 8046 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 8047 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 8048 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 8049 files that you should be able to read but have previously 8050 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 8051 read permission. 8052 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 8053 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 8054 MX suppression will still work. 8055 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 8056 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 8057 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 8058 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8059 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 8060 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 8061 Nakamura. 8062 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 8063 "CX $Z" works. 8064 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 8065 trying to send the original message if the connection 8066 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 8067 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 8068 by John Myers of CMU. 8069 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 8070 term bug. 8071 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 8072 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 8073 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 8074 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 8075 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 8076 queue interval. This is an important fix. 8077 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 8078 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 8079 ruleset testing a bit easier. 8080 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 8081 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 8082 level. 8083 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 8084 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 8085 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 8086 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 8087 address. 8088 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 8089 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 8090 Harvey Mudd College. 8091 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 8092 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 8093 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 8094 their full name information. 8095 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 8096 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 8097 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 8098 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 8099 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 8100 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 8101 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 8102 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 8103 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8104 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 8105 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 8106 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 8107 PC TCP/IP implementations. 8108 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 8109 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 8110 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 8111 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 8112 names. 8113 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 8114 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 8115 helpful. 8116 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 8117 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 8118 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 8119 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8120 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 8121 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 8122 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 8123 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 8124 that claims to be itself works properly. 8125 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 8126 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 8127 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 8128 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 8129 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 8130 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 8131 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8132 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 8133 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 8134 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 8135 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 8136 scratch. 8137 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 8138 true address to still send to the original address 8139 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 8140 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 8141 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 8142 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 8143 more trouble than it was worth. 8144 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 8145 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 8146 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 8147 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 8148 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 8149 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 8150 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 8151 the queue. 8152 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 8153 messages don't come out with stale information. 8154 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 8155 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 8156 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 8157 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 8158 Myers of CMU. 8159 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 8160 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 8161 Corrigan. 8162 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 8163 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 8164 sender address. 8165 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 8166 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 8167 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 8168 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 8169 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 8170 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 8171 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 8172 that does bulk data transfer). 8173 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 8174 Amir Plivatsky. 8175 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 8176 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 8177 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 8178 bogus config files that were not caught. 8179 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 8180 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 8181 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 8182 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 8183 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 8184 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 8185 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 8186 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 8187 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 8188 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 8189 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 8190 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 8191 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 8192 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 8193 opened or if running with no database format defined. 8194 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 8195 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8196 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 8197 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 8198 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 8199 Melbourne. 8200 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 8201 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 8202 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 8203 to match regular entries. 8204 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 8205 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 8206 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 8207 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 8208 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 8209 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 8210 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 8211 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 8212 error message so that the "subject" line of return 8213 messages is the best possible. 8214 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 8215 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 8216 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 8217 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 8218 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 8219 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 8220 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8221 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 8222 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 8223 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 8224 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 8225 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 8226 on the address. 8227 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 8228 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 8229 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 8230 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 8231 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8232 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 8233 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 8234 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 8235 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 8236 addresses in any detail. 8237 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 8238 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 8239 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 8240 with an address such as "!foo". 8241 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 8242 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 8243 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 8244 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 8245 Bret Marquis. 8246 82478.5/8.5 1993/07/23 8248 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 8249 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 8250 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 8251 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8252 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 8253 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 8254 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 8255 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 8256 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 8257 Nakamura. 8258 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 8259 are no DNS records matching the name. 8260 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 8261 original message was received ... from localhost". 8262 The correct original host information is now included. 8263 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 8264 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 8265 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 8266 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 8267 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 8268 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 8269 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 8270 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 8271 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 8272 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 8273 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 8274 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 8275 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 8276 82778.4/8.4 1993/07/22 8278 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 8279 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 8280 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 8281 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 8282 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 8283 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 8284 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 8285 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 8286 are really configuration errors. This option is 8287 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 8288 UIUC sendmail. 8289 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 8290 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 8291 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 8292 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 8293 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 8294 by Neil Rickert. 8295 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 8296 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 8297 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 8298 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 8299 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 8300 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 8301 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 8302 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 8303 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 8304 of dickering with error handling (see below). 8305 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 8306 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 8307 humans. 8308 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 8309 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 8310 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 8311 repaired). 8312 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 8313 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 8314 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 8315 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 8316 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 8317 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 8318 connection rather than sending QUIT. 8319 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 8320 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 8321 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 8322 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 8323 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8324 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 8325 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 8326 core dumps on some machines. 8327 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 8328 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 8329 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 8330 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 8331 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 8332 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 8333 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 8334 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 8335 some true error conditions. 8336 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 8337 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 8338 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 8339 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 8340 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 8341 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 8342 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 8343 by Motonori Nakamura. 8344 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 8345 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 8346 caused error messages to be handled differently during 8347 a queue run than a direct run. 8348 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 8349 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 8350 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 8351 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 8352 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 8353 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 8354 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 8355 restart it. 8356 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 8357 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 8358 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 8359 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 8360 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 8361 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 8362 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 8363 is appropriately functional. 8364 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 8365 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 8366 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 8367 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 8368 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 8369 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 8370 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 8371 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 8372 Technologies. 8373 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 8374 process group id. The original fix was to get around 8375 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 8376 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 8377 different from the process id. I could try to fix 8378 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 8379 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 8380 things. 8381 Portability changes: 8382 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 8383 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 8384 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 8385 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 8386 of Colorado. 8387 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 8388 help other strict ANSI compilers. 8389 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 8390 Corporation. 8391 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 8392 documentation apparently doesn't define 8393 __STDC__ by default). 8394 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 8395 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 8396 Motonori Nakamura. 8397 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 8398 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 8399 several people have made a good argument that this 8400 creates more problems than it solves (although this 8401 may prove painful in the short run). 8402 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 8403 format. 8404 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 8405 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 8406 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 8407 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 8408 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 8409 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 8410 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 8411 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 8412 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 8413 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 8414 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 8415 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 8416 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 8417 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 8418 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 8419 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8420 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 8421 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 8422 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 8423 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 8424 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 8425 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 8426 environments. Ugly as sin. 8427 84288.3/8.3 1993/07/13 8429 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 8430 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 8431 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 8432 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 8433 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 8434 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 8435 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 8436 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 8437 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 8438 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 8439 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 8440 "user friendly". 8441 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 8442 16 bytes/sec. 8443 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 8444 compatibility library. This also adds a new 8445 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 8446 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 8447 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 8448 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 8449 for quick test cases. 8450 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 8451 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 8452 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 8453 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 8454 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 8455 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 8456 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 8457 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 8458 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 8459 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 8460 From Michael Corrigan. 8461 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 8462 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 8463 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8464 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 8465 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 8466 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 8467 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 8468 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 8469 Christophe Wolfhugel. 8470 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 8471 84728.2/8.2 1993/07/11 8473 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 8474 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 8475 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 8476 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 8477 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 8478 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 8479 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 8480 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 8481 from Bill Wisner. 8482 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 8483 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 8484 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 8485 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 8486 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 8487 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 8488 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 8489 match the other flags in that file. 8490 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 8491 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 8492 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 8493 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 8494 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 8495 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 8496 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 8497 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 8498 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 8499 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 8500 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 8501 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 8502 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 8503 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8504 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 8505 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 8506 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 8507 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 8508 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 8509 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 8510 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 8511 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 8512 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 8513 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 8514 the root and directories leading up to your home); 8515 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 8516 be owned by you. 8517 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 8518 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 8519 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 8520 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 8521 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 8522 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 8523 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 8524 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 8525 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 8526 is separate; this is just intended to work around 8527 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 8528 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 8529 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 8530 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 8531 matching without a null it never tries again with a 8532 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 8533 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 8534 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 8535 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 8536 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 8537 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 8538 it adapts. 8539 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 8540 will insert the appropriate full name information; 8541 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 8542 way. 8543 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 8544 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 8545 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 8546 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 8547 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 8548 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 8549 only happen when there has been another error in the 8550 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 8551 by default in conf.h. 8552 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 8553 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 8554 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 8555 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 8556 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 8557 This output is not intended to be particularly human 8558 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 8559 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 8560 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 8561 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 8562 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 8563 See cf/README for an example. 8564 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 8565 sites that don't use the -d flag. 8566 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 8567 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 8568 has been requested by several people, but can break 8569 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 8570 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 8571 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 8572 broken. Use it sparingly. 8573 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 8574 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 8575 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 8576 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 8577 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 8578 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 8579 Bill Wisner of The Well. 8580 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 8581 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 8582 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 8583 85848.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 8585 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 8586 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 8587 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 8588 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 8589 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 8590 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 8591 85928.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 8593 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 8594 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 8595 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 8596 85978.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 8598 Another mailertable fix.... 8599 86008.1/8.1 1993/06/07 8601 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 8602